Category: Technology

  • MIL-OSI: Great Elm Group Announces Strategic Partnership with Kennedy Lewis Investment Management

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    – Purchases 4.9% of Great Elm Group’s Common Stock; $150 Million Debt Investment in Monomoy Properties REIT to Accelerate Industrial Real Estate Platform Expansion –

    – Company to Host Conference Call at 8:30 a.m. ET on August 1, 2025 –

    Transaction Highlights:

    • Certain funds affiliated with Kennedy Lewis Investment Management LLC (“KLIM”) purchase 4.9% of Great Elm Group, Inc’s (“GEG”) outstanding common stock at market price, approximately $2.11 per share.
    • $150 million of term loans in total strategic financing for Monomoy Properties REIT, LLC (“Monomoy REIT”) from KLIM to catalyze growth across the Monomoy industrial real estate platform recently consolidated under Great Elm Real Estate Ventures, LLC (“Real Estate Ventures”)
    • KLIM appoints board representatives at both GEG and Monomoy REIT, underscoring its commitment to a long-term partnership

    PALM BEACH GARDENS, Fla., July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —  Great Elm Group, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” “GEG” or “Great Elm,”) (NASDAQ: GEG), a publicly traded alternative asset manager, today announced a transformational strategic partnership with KLIM, an institutional alternative investment firm focused on opportunistic credit strategies including real estate with over $30 billion in assets under management. This partnership delivers up to $150 million in leverageable capital to support continued growth across Great Elm’s real estate platform, which includes Monomoy REIT, Monomoy CRE (MCRE), Monomoy Construction Services (MCS), and Monomoy BTS (MBTS) (together “Monomoy”). Monomoy offers a full-service suite of project management, procurement, construction management, asset management, market analysis and feasibility services for its industrial real estate tenants.

    Under the terms of the transaction, KLIM is providing an initial $100 million term loan to Monomoy REIT, and the option for an additional $50 million in future capital. Additionally, KLIM is purchasing 4.9% of GEG’s common stock at market price, approximately $2.11 a share, and will hold an initial 15% profits interest (which may be increased to 20% under certain circumstances) in the newly formed Great Elm Real Estate Ventures, LLC, which consolidates GEG’s real estate subsidiaries: MCRE, MCS, and MBTS.

    “KLIM’s investment strengthens our position as a full-spectrum real estate enterprise,” said Jason Reese, Chief Executive Officer of Great Elm. “Their deep sector expertise, alignment with our long-term vision, and capital commitment empower us to deliver superior value to Monomoy’s tenants and clients as well as our shareholders.”

    KLIM is also appointing a board representative at each of Great Elm and Monomoy REIT, underscoring its role as a long-term partner.

    “We are excited to partner with Great Elm and support the continued expansion of its industrial real estate platform,” said David Chene, Co-Founder of KLIM. “The integrated strategy being executed through Monomoy is exactly the kind of scalable, opportunity-rich platform we seek to support. We look forward to working closely with the leadership team to unlock the full potential of this business.”

    About the Monomoy Platform

    Monomoy Properties REIT, LLC (REIT) is a private real estate investment trust with approximately $400 million of diversified net leased IOS assets. Backed by disciplined investment principles and a long-term view, the REIT provides investors with exposure to mission-critical facilities occupied by high-quality tenants. The REIT offers investors returns through dividends and long-term capital appreciation.

    Great Elm Real Estate Ventures (Real Estate Ventures), a newly created entity comprised of wholly owned subsidiaries of GEG, brings together a vertically integrated group of real estate-focused businesses, each playing a strategic role in delivering best-in-class industrial outdoor storage (IOS) properties across the United States. The wholly owned subsidiaries of GEG include the following:

    Monomoy CRE, LLC (MCRE) serves as the real estate asset manager at the core of the Monomoy platform. MCRE is responsible for executing Monomoy Properties REIT’s day-to-day investment strategy while also sourcing and identifying prime IOS real estate opportunities for development by BTS. With deep market expertise and a proactive approach, MCRE ensures seamless coordination across acquisition, development, and asset management functions.

    Monomoy BTS Corp. (BTS) focuses on acquiring land and developing custom-built IOS properties tailored to tenant needs. Each project is executed with precision, supporting business growth and operational efficiency for its clients.

    Monomoy Construction Services, LLC (MCS) offers full-service procurement and construction management. MCS serves the REIT, BTS, and select third-party clients, ensuring consistent delivery, quality, cost control, and timely execution.

    Together, these entities create a powerful, end-to-end real estate platform that combines deep market insight, professional asset management services investment expertise, and turnkey execution capabilities to generate long-term value for tenants and investors alike.

    Transforming Into a Full-Service Real Estate Platform

    This capital injection represents a major milestone in the continued growth and ongoing evolution of Great Elm’s real estate business. This structure enables Great Elm Real Estate Ventures to serve its tenants as a comprehensive, value-added real estate partner, enhancing delivery of real estate solutions from acquisition through development and management.

    Strategic and Financial Impact

    The KLIM financing substantially improves Monomoy REIT’s cost of capital and allows for the refinancing of existing convertible debt and repayment of key credit facilities. The capital will also be used to fund new acquisitions and further scale Monomoy’s operations.

    Great Elm Real Estate Ventures Conference Call & Webcast Information

    When: Friday, August 1, 2025, 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time (ET)

    Call: All interested parties are invited to participate in the conference call by dialing +1 (877) 407-0752; international callers should dial +1 (201) 389-0912. Participants should enter the Conference ID 13755229 if asked.

    Webcast: The conference call will be webcast simultaneously and can be accessed here. A copy of the slide presentation accompanying the conference call, can be found here.

    About Kennedy Lewis Investment Management, LLC

    Kennedy Lewis is a credit focused alternative investment manager founded in 2017 by David K. Chene and Darren L. Richman with over $30 billion under management.   The firm and its affiliates manage private funds, a publicly traded REIT focused on landbanking (Millrose Properties, Inc.), a non-exchange traded business development company (Kennedy Lewis Capital Company), and collateralized loan obligations (Generate Advisors, LLC).

    About Great Elm Group, Inc.

    Great Elm Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: GEG) is an alternative asset manager focused on building a scalable and diversified portfolio of long-duration and permanent capital vehicles across credit, real estate, specialty finance, and other alternative strategies. GEG manages Great Elm Capital Corp. (NASDAQ: GECC), a publicly-traded business development company, Monomoy Properties REIT, LLC, an industrial outdoor storage-focused real estate investment trust along with its growing real estate services platform through Monomoy CRE, MBTS, and MCS. Learn more at www.greatelmgroup.com.

    About Great Elm Real Estate Ventures

    Great Elm Real Estate Ventures, a wholly owned subsidiary of GEG, consolidates the Monomoy real estate platform comprised of Monomoy CRE, LLC (MCRE), Monomoy Construction Services, LLC (MCS), and Monomoy BTS Corp (MBTS). Great Elm Real Estate Ventures operates as a full-service industrial outdoor space (IOS) enterprise that provides solutions for our tenants through property management, real estate investments, construction and development. Through the Monomoy platform, Real Estate Ventures invests in build-to-suit and existing Class A, B, and C single-tenant industrial properties across the US, focusing on equipment rental, building supply, materials, manufacturing, warehousing, distribution, and logistics, while specifically targeting critical markets with economic growth.

    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    Statements in this press release that are “forward-looking” statements, including statements regarding expected benefits from the transaction, growth, profitability, acquisition opportunities involve risks and uncertainties that may individually or collectively impact the matters described herein. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made and represent GEG’s assumptions and expectations in light of currently available information. These statements involve risks, variables and uncertainties, and GEG’s actual performance results may differ from those projected, and any such differences may be material. For information on certain factors that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from GEG’s expectations, please see GEG’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including its most recent annual report on Form 10-K and subsequent reports on Forms 10-Q and 8-K. Additional information relating to GEG’s financial position and results of operations is also contained in GEG’s annual and quarterly reports filed with the SEC and available for download at its website www.greatelmgroup.com or at the SEC website www.sec.gov.

    This press release does not constitute an offer of any securities for sale.

    Media & Investor Contact:
    Investor Relations
    geginvestorrelations@greatelm.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: AppFolio, Inc. Announces Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SANTA BARBARA, Calif., July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — AppFolio, Inc. (NASDAQ: APPF) (“AppFolio” or the “Company”), a technology leader powering the future of the real estate industry, today announced its financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025.

    “Our second quarter results reflect that we continue to win in the market,” said Shane Trigg, President and CEO, AppFolio. “Our customers are seeing tangible performance benefits by adopting our central, AI-native platform, with 96% of customers having used one or more of our AI-powered solutions. AppFolio is proving to be a competitive advantage for ambitious property management businesses.”

    Financial Highlights for Second Quarter of 2025

    • Revenue grew 19% year-over-year to $236 million.
    • Total units under management grew 6% year-over-year to 8.9 million.
    • GAAP operating income was $41 million, or 17.2% of revenue, compared to operating income of $36 million, or 18.3% of revenue in Q2 2024.
    • Non-GAAP operating income was $62 million, or 26.2% of revenue, compared to non-GAAP operating income of $51 million, or 26.0% of revenue, in Q2 2024.
    • Net cash provided by operating activities was $53 million, or 22.3% of revenue, compared to $51 million, or 25.8% of revenue, in Q2 2024.

    Financial Outlook
    Based on information available as of July 31, 2025, AppFolio’s outlook for fiscal year 2025 follows:

    • Full year revenue is expected to be in the range of $935 million to $945 million.
    • Full year non-GAAP operating margin as a percentage of revenue is expected to be in the range of 24.5% to 26.5%.
    • Diluted weighted average shares outstanding are expected to be approximately 37 million for the full year.

    Conference Call Information
    As previously announced, the Company will host a conference call today, July 31, 2025, at 2:00 p.m. Pacific Time (PT), 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time (ET), to discuss the Company’s second quarter financial results. A live webcast of the call will be available at: https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/ijgr58yt. To access the call by phone, please go to the following link: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BIdccd543a8ef7485c8f06cd2837c68ea9, and you will be provided with dial in details. A replay of the webcast will also be available for a limited time on AppFolio’s Investor Relations website at https://ir.appfolioinc.com/news-events/events.

    The Company also provides announcements regarding its financial results and other matters, including SEC filings, investor events, and press releases, on its Investor Relations website at https://ir.appfolioinc.com/, as a means of disclosing material nonpublic information and for complying with AppFolio’s disclosure obligations under Regulation FD.

    About AppFolio
    AppFolio is a technology leader powering the future of the real estate industry. Our innovative platform and trusted partnership enable our customers to connect communities, increase operational efficiency, and grow their business. For more information about AppFolio, visit ir.appfolioinc.com.

    Investor Relations Contact:
    Lori Barker
    ir@appfolio.com 

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    Reconciliations of current and historical non-GAAP financial measures to AppFolio’s financial results as determined in accordance with GAAP are included at the end of this press release following the accompanying financial data. For a description of these non-GAAP financial measures, including the reasons management uses each measure, please see the section of the tables entitled “Statement Regarding the Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    AppFolio is unable, at this time, to provide GAAP equivalent guidance measures on a forward-looking basis for non-GAAP operating margin because certain items that impact this measure are uncertain, out of our control, or cannot be reasonably predicted, such as charges related to stock-based compensation expense. The effect of these excluded items may be significant.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which statements are subject to considerable risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not statements of historical fact contained in this press release, and can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “future’” “predicts, “projects,” “target,” “seeks,” “contemplates,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those expressions. In particular, forward-looking statements contained in this press release relate to future operating results and financial position, including the Company’s fiscal year 2025 financial outlook, anticipated future expenses and investments, the Company’s business opportunities, the impact of the Company’s strategic actions and initiatives, the potential benefits and effect of the Company’s AI-powered solutions, and their impact on the Company’s plans, objectives, expectations and capabilities.

    Forward-looking statements represent AppFolio’s current beliefs and expectations based on information currently available and speak only as of the date the statement is made. Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the Company’s actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. The risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the Company’s actual results, performance or achievements to materially differ from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements include those risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on February 6, 2025, as such risk factors may be updated from time to time in our subsequent filings with the SEC, and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Company’s most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as well as in the Company’s other filings with the SEC. You should read this press release with the understanding that the Company’s actual future results may be materially different from the results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

    The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this press release to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this press release or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.

    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (UNAUDITED)
    (in thousands)
     
        June 30,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
    Assets        
    Current assets        
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 73,478   $ 42,504
    Investment securities—current     54,088     235,745
    Accounts receivable, net     32,543     24,346
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets     37,026     32,807
    Total current assets     197,135     335,402
    Property and equipment, net     22,641     24,483
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     16,464     17,472
    Capitalized software development costs, net     12,414     15,429
    Goodwill     96,410     96,410
    Intangible assets, net     43,942     49,057
    Deferred income taxes     90,095     76,910
    Long-term investments     77,033     2,033
    Other long-term assets     11,269     9,482
    Total assets   $ 567,403   $ 626,678
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity        
    Current liabilities        
    Accounts payable   $ 3,254   $ 2,378
    Accrued employee expenses     25,784     30,157
    Accrued expenses     18,103     14,658
    Other current liabilities     20,448     16,087
    Total current liabilities     67,589     63,280
    Operating lease liabilities     35,180     37,476
    Other liabilities     8,988     6,632
    Total liabilities     111,757     107,388
    Stockholders’ equity     455,646     519,290
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 567,403   $ 626,678
                 
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (UNAUDITED)
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,
      Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        2025       2024     2025     2024
    Revenue(1) $ 235,575     $ 197,375   $ 453,277   $ 384,805
    Costs and operating expenses:              
    Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)(2)   83,827       69,601     163,325     134,247
    Sales and marketing(2)   36,776       27,300     67,833     51,755
    Research and product development(2)   46,674       39,522     90,432     77,417
    General and administrative(2)   21,936       20,254     45,287     41,386
    Depreciation and amortization   5,850       4,670     12,105     9,882
    Total costs and operating expenses   195,063       161,347     378,982     314,687
    Income from operations   40,512       36,028     74,295     70,118
    Other (loss)/income, net   (11 )         45    
    Interest income, net   1,466       3,476     4,419     6,468
    Income before provision for income taxes   41,967       39,504     78,759     76,586
    Provision for income taxes   5,987       9,839     11,396     8,258
    Net income $ 35,980     $ 29,665   $ 67,363   $ 68,328
    Net income per common share:              
    Basic $ 1.00     $ 0.82   $ 1.87   $ 1.89
    Diluted $ 0.99     $ 0.81   $ 1.85   $ 1.86
    Weighted average common shares outstanding              
    Basic   35,922       36,241     36,111     36,164
    Diluted   36,204       36,742     36,425     36,720
                             

    (1) The following table presents our revenue categories:

      Three Months Ended
    June 30,
      Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        2025     2024     2025     2024
    Core solutions $ 52,473   $ 44,024   $ 101,986   $ 86,944
    Value Added Services   180,145     151,620     344,851     293,951
    Other   2,957     1,731     6,440     3,910
    Total revenue $ 235,575   $ 197,375   $ 453,277   $ 384,805
                           

    (2) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

      Three Months Ended
    June 30,
      Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        2025     2024     2025     2024
    Costs and operating expenses:              
    Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) $ 1,419   $ 1,175   $ 2,706   $ 2,135
    Sales and marketing   3,045     1,703     5,893     3,213
    Research and product development   8,176     6,472     15,107     12,154
    General and administrative   5,659     5,444     10,964     10,766
    Total stock-based compensation expense $ 18,299   $ 14,794   $ 34,670   $ 28,268
                           
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (UNAUDITED)
    (in thousands)
     
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,
      Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Cash from operating activities              
    Net income $ 35,980     $ 29,665     $ 67,363     $ 68,328  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:              
    Depreciation and amortization   5,850       4,670       12,105       9,881  
    Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets   507       530       1,008       1,053  
    Amortization of costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net   2,699       2,485       5,419       4,985  
    Deferred income taxes   (7,644 )           (13,185 )      
    Stock-based compensation, including as amortized   18,299       14,795       34,670       28,269  
    Other   (131 )     (2,181 )     (1,048 )     (4,005 )
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:              
    Accounts receivable   (5,081 )     488       (8,197 )     (4,982 )
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   (5,966 )     (6,177 )     (11,426 )     172  
    Accounts payable   (1,694 )     (296 )     852       437  
    Operating lease liabilities   (1,051 )     (943 )     (2,102 )     (1,418 )
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   10,875       7,833       5,649       (8,897 )
    Net cash provided by operating activities   52,643       50,869       91,108       93,823  
    Cash from investing activities              
    Purchases of available-for-sale investments   (1,732 )     (94,377 )     (64,034 )     (151,539 )
    Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investments   99,944             202,662        
    Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale investments   1,670       57,785       43,820       94,455  
    Purchases of property and equipment   (275 )     (38 )     (505 )     (1,458 )
    Capitalization of software development costs   (842 )     (1,404 )     (1,478 )     (2,529 )
    Purchases of long-term investments   (75,000 )           (75,000 )      
    Cash paid in business acquisition, net of cash acquired               (906 )      
    Net cash used in investing activities   23,765       (38,034 )     104,559       (61,071 )
    Cash from financing activities              
    Proceeds from stock option exercises   117       24       128       3,898  
    Tax withholding for net share settlement   (10,020 )     (12,434 )     (19,098 )     (26,520 )
    Purchase of common stock   (49,960 )           (145,723 )      
    Net cash used in financing activities   (59,863 )     (12,410 )     (164,693 )     (22,622 )
    Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   16,545       425       30,974       10,130  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash              
    Beginning of period   57,183       59,464       42,754       49,759  
    End of period $ 73,728     $ 59,889     $ 73,728     $ 59,889  
        RECONCILIATION FROM GAAP TO NON-GAAP RESULTS
    (UNAUDITED)
    (in thousands, except per share data)
         
          Three Months Ended
    June 30,
      Six Months Ended
    June 30,
            2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Costs and operating expenses:
                     
      GAAP cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) $ 83,827     $ 69,601     $ 163,325     $ 134,247  
        Stock-based compensation expense   (1,419 )     (1,175 )     (2,706 )     (2,135 )
      Non-GAAP cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) $ 82,408     $ 68,426     $ 160,619     $ 132,112  
      GAAP cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenue   36 %     35 %     36 %     35 %
      Non-GAAP cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenue   35 %     35 %     35 %     34 %
                       
      GAAP sales and marketing $ 36,776     $ 27,300     $ 67,833     $ 51,755  
        Stock-based compensation expense   (3,045 )     (1,703 )     (5,893 )     (3,213 )
      Non-GAAP sales and marketing $ 33,731     $ 25,597     $ 61,940     $ 48,542  
      GAAP sales and marketing as a percentage of revenue   16 %     14 %     15 %     13 %
      Non-GAAP sales and marketing as a percentage of revenue   14 %     13 %     14 %     13 %
                       
      GAAP research and product development $ 46,674     $ 39,522     $ 90,432     $ 77,417  
        Stock-based compensation expense   (8,176 )     (6,472 )     (15,107 )     (12,154 )
      Non-GAAP research and product development $ 38,498     $ 33,050     $ 75,325     $ 65,263  
      GAAP research and product development as a percentage of revenue   20 %     20 %     20 %     20 %
      Non-GAAP research and product development as a percentage of revenue   16 %     17 %     17 %     17 %
                       
      GAAP general and administrative $ 21,936     $ 20,254     $ 45,287     $ 41,386  
        Stock-based compensation expense   (5,659 )     (5,444 )     (10,964 )     (10,766 )
      Non-GAAP general and administrative $ 16,277     $ 14,810     $ 34,323     $ 30,620  
      GAAP general and administrative as a percentage of revenue   9 %     10 %     10 %     11 %
      Non-GAAP general and administrative as a percentage of revenue   7 %     8 %     8 %     8 %
                       
      GAAP depreciation and amortization $ 5,850     $ 4,670     $ 12,105     $ 9,882  
        Amortization of stock-based compensation capitalized in software development costs   (241 )     (471 )     (482 )     (989 )
        Amortization of purchased intangibles   (2,558 )     (118 )     (5,115 )     (237 )
      Non-GAAP depreciation and amortization $ 3,051     $ 4,081     $ 6,508     $ 8,656  
      GAAP depreciation and amortization as a percentage of revenue   2 %     2 %     3 %     3 %
      Non-GAAP depreciation and amortization as a percentage of revenue   1 %     2 %     1 %     2 %
          Three Months Ended
    June 30,
      Six Months Ended
    June 30,
            2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Income from operations:              
      GAAP income from operations $ 40,512     $ 36,028     $ 74,295     $ 70,118  
        Stock-based compensation expense   18,299       14,794       34,670       28,268  
        Amortization of stock-based compensation capitalized in software development costs   241       471       482       989  
        Amortization of purchased intangibles   2,558       118       5,115       237  
      Non-GAAP income from operations $ 61,610     $ 51,411     $ 114,562     $ 99,612  
                       
    Operating margin:              
      GAAP operating margin   17.2 %     18.3 %     16.4 %     18.2 %
        Stock-based compensation expense as a percentage of revenue   7.8       7.4       7.7       7.3  
        Amortization of stock-based compensation capitalized in software development costs as a percentage of revenue   0.1       0.2       0.1       0.3  
        Amortization of purchased intangibles as a percentage of revenue   1.1       0.1       1.1       0.1  
      Non-GAAP operating margin   26.2 %     26.0 %     25.3 %     25.9 %
                       
    Net income (loss):              
      GAAP net income $ 35,980     $ 29,665     $ 67,363     $ 68,328  
        Stock-based compensation expense   18,299       14,794       34,670       28,268  
        Amortization of stock-based compensation capitalized in software development costs   241       471       482       989  
        Amortization of purchased intangibles   2,558       118       5,115       237  
        Income tax effect of adjustments   (7,257 )     (3,883 )     (13,599 )     (18,262 )
      Non-GAAP net income $ 49,821     $ 41,165     $ 94,031     $ 79,560  
                       
    Net income per share, basic:              
      GAAP net income per share, basic $ 1.00     $ 0.82     $ 1.87     $ 1.89  
        Non-GAAP adjustments to net income   0.39       0.32       0.73       0.31  
      Non-GAAP net income per share, basic $ 1.39     $ 1.14     $ 2.60     $ 2.20  
                       
    Net income per share, diluted:              
      GAAP net income per share, diluted $ 0.99     $ 0.81     $ 1.85     $ 1.86  
        Non-GAAP adjustments to net income   0.39       0.31       0.73       0.31  
      Non-GAAP net income per share, diluted $ 1.38     $ 1.12     $ 2.58     $ 2.17  
                       
      Weighted-average shares used in GAAP and non-GAAP per share calculation              
        Basic   35,922       36,241       36,111       36,164  
        Diluted   36,204       36,742       36,425       36,720  

    Statement Regarding the Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    We use the following non-GAAP financial measures in addition to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

    • Non-GAAP presentation of income from operations, costs and operating expenses, operating margin, net income, and net income per share. These measures exclude certain non-cash or non-recurring items, including stock-based compensation expense, amortization of stock-based compensation capitalized in software development costs, amortization of purchased intangibles, and the related income tax effect of these adjustments, as applicable and described below. Non-GAAP operating margin is calculated as non-GAAP operating income from operations as a percentage of revenue.

    We use each of these non-GAAP financial measures internally to assess and compare operating results across reporting periods, for internal budgeting and forecasting purposes, and to evaluate our financial performance. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures also provide useful supplemental information to investors and facilitate the analysis of our operating results and comparison of operating results across reporting periods.

    In particular, we believe these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors and others in assessing our operating performance due to the following factors:

    • Stock-based compensation expense and amortization of stock-based compensation capitalized in software development costs. We utilize stock-based compensation to attract and retain employees. It is principally aimed at aligning their interests with those of our stockholders while ensuring long-term retention, rather than to address operational performance for any particular period. As a result, stock-based compensation expenses vary for reasons that are generally unrelated to financial and operational performance in any particular period.
    • Amortization of purchased intangibles. We view amortization of purchased intangible assets as items arising from pre-acquisition activities determined at the time of an acquisition. While these intangible assets are evaluated for impairment regularly, amortization of the cost of purchased intangibles is an expense that is not typically affected by operations during any particular period.
    • Income tax effects of adjustments. We utilize a fixed long-term projected tax rate in our computation of non-GAAP income tax effects to provide better consistency across interim reporting periods. In projecting this long-term non-GAAP tax rate, we utilize a financial projection that excludes the direct impact of other non-GAAP adjustments. The projected rate, which we have determined to be 21% and 25% for 2025 and 2024, respectively, considers other factors such as our current operating structure, existing tax positions in various jurisdictions, and key legislation in major jurisdictions where we operate. We periodically re-evaluate this tax rate, as necessary, for significant events, based on relevant tax law changes, and material changes in the forecasted geographic earnings mix.

    Our non-GAAP financial measures may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in our industry, as other companies may calculate non-GAAP financial results differently. In addition, there are limitations in using non-GAAP financial measures because non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and can exclude expenses that may have a material impact on our reported financial results. As such, non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. A reconciliation of the historical non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures has been provided in the tables above. We encourage investors to review the reconciliation of these historical non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: iRhythm and Lucem Health Partner to Introduce Predictive AI Solution for Early Detection of Arrhythmias in Patient Populations with Comorbid Conditions

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Partnership aims to utilize predictive AI to help identify arrhythmias earlier in patient populations with an elevated risk for arrhythmias to enable timely care for millions who remain undiagnosed
    • Commercial offering from this collaboration designed to support scalable population health and value-based care strategies

    SAN FRANCISCO, July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ:IRTC), a digital health leader focused on creating trusted solutions that detect, predict, and prevent disease, today announced a strategic partnership with Lucem Health, a leader in AI-driven early disease detection, to accelerate early identification of undiagnosed arrhythmias in patient populations with an elevated risk for arrhythmias.

    “Healthcare is entering an era where the goal is no longer just to detect disease, but to predict it,” said Quentin Blackford, iRhythm President and CEO. “Together with Lucem Health, iRhythm is helping lead a new way forward in care, with the goal of reaching patients before symptoms surface and before complications arise. This is a bold step toward predictive, preventive, and precise care powered by AI, informed by data, and designed for scale. We believe more than 27 million people in the U.S. alone could benefit from proactive cardiac monitoring1 — and this is just the beginning.”

    Traditional care models often rely on reactive diagnosis and can leave arrhythmias undetected until stroke, hospitalization, or worse. This partnership brings together Lucem Health’s Reveal AI powered early disease detection platform and iRhythm’s proven diagnostic service to shift that paradigm. By identifying risk earlier and enabling targeted cardiac monitoring, the goal is to help clinicians intervene sooner, improve outcomes across patient populations with elevated arrhythmia risk, and support scalable, data-driven strategies for health systems focused on value-based care.

    “Each day, clinicians find themselves reacting to the circumstances of the patients in their exam rooms — they often don’t have the time or the information they need to deliver truly proactive care,” said Sean Cassidy, founder and CEO of Lucem Health. “Together with iRhythm, we’re bringing predictive intelligence to healthcare’s front lines — enabling earlier action, smarter resource allocation, and better outcomes for patients.”

    This strategic partnership, supported by iRhythm’s direct investment in Lucem Health, reflects a shared commitment to advancing predictive innovation for population-level impact.

    Introducing a Predictive AI Solution for Smarter, Earlier Arrhythmia Detection

    The first commercial offering from the collaboration is an exclusive, AI-powered solution that analyzes subtle patterns in clinical and electronic health record (EHR) data to help identify elevated arrhythmia risk in individuals with Type 2 diabetes (T2D), chronic kidney disease (CKD), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and coronary artery disease (CAD) — individuals who may otherwise not be flagged as candidates for ambulatory cardiac monitoring. This offering enables healthcare organizations to proactively pinpoint patients with one or more specifically diagnosed or undiagnosed clinical conditions who could benefit from earlier cardiac monitoring and intervention.

    Once identified, appropriate patients can be monitored using iRhythm’s clinically proven Zio® ECG monitors and service. The Zio ECG device is worn for up to 14 days, enabling continuous, uninterrupted heart rhythm monitoring, and the end-to-end service, powered by an advanced FDA-cleared AI algorithm, delivers actionable insights, reviewed and curated by qualified cardiac technicians, to help clinicians make the right diagnosis the first time and support timely care.

    By integrating predictive AI, the new offering builds on iRhythm’s existing proactive monitoring programs deployed with healthcare systems focused on population health management and should enable even earlier arrhythmia risk identification and targeted intervention. The solution is designed to support accountable care organizations (ACOs), integrated health systems, payviders, and other managed care organizations that take on financial responsibility for the cost and quality of care as they pursue scalable value-based care strategies.

    Early pilot testing conducted by iRhythm, in collaboration with Lucem Health, suggests promising improvement in targeting patient populations with elevated arrhythmia risk and enabling earlier clinical engagement with greater precision. Both organizations anticipate that use of the AI-powered predictive tool will increase arrhythmia detection among an estimated 27 million undiagnosed patients in the U.S. alone,1 helping reduce healthcare resource utilization (HCRU) and costs, and improve patient outcomes.

    The Cost of Missed Arrhythmias and the Case for Earlier Detection

    Cardiac arrhythmias, conditions in which the heart beats too fast, too slow, or irregularly,2 affect roughly 1 in 20 U.S. adults3. Left undetected and untreated, they can lead to stroke, heart failure, hospitalization, or death,4 making early identification and intervention critical. Yet in many care pathways for individuals with T2D and/or other comorbid conditions, arrhythmias are not routinely screened for, despite elevated risk.5

    A growing body of evidence highlights the opportunity to detect arrhythmias earlier in at-risk populations — particularly around key clinical turning points in disease progression, as seen in recent data on patients with T2D.

    New research presented at the American Diabetes Association’s 85th Scientific Sessions (ADA 2025), based on a real-world study of more than 30 million U.S. adults, found that arrhythmias — often asymptomatic — frequently cluster around key moments in disease progression, particularly in T2D patients. Many arrhythmias were identified just before or shortly after diagnoses of CKD or major adverse cardiovascular events (MACE) such as stroke or heart failure.6

    Additional findings reinforce the broader clinical and economic impact of arrhythmias across chronic conditions like T2D and COPD, and the value of earlier detection and monitoring.

    Data presented at the American Heart Association’s 2024 Scientific Sessions revealed that patients with T2D and/or COPD who develop arrhythmias experience up to 2x higher hospitalization rates, 35–50% higher emergency care costs, and an average of $46,000 in annual healthcare expenses — compared to $30,000 for those without arrhythmias.7

    Adding to this evidence, new research presented at the American Thoracic Society (ATS) International 2025 conference, based on a real-world study of more than 2.5 million U.S. adults, found that COPD patients with arrhythmia have greater HCRU and costs compared to those without arrhythmia. However, among COPD patients with arrhythmia, those who were monitored had lower HCRU and costs compared to those who were never monitored.8

    Together, these findings underscore the clinical and economic impact of earlier, smarter detection — and the opportunity for predictive solutions like this initial offering from the iRhythm–Lucem Health collaboration to support value-based care models, reduce unnecessary healthcare utilization, and improve outcomes at scale for patient populations with elevated arrhythmia risk.

    Predictive AI-Powered Solution for Population Health and Value-Based Care
    U.S.-based innovative care delivery organizations, accountable care organizations (ACOs), integrated health systems, payviders, and other managed care organizations that assume financial responsibility for the cost and quality of care can learn more about the predictive AI solution9 and how it may support their population health strategies and value-based care goals by visiting iRhythm’s Value-Based Care page to connect with the iRhythm team.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. An investor can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They use words such as ‘anticipate,’ ‘estimate,’ ‘expect,’ ‘intend,’ ‘will,’ ‘project,’ ‘plan,’ ‘believe,’ ‘target’ and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of future actions or operating or financial performance. In particular, these include statements regarding market opportunity, ability to penetrate the market and expectations for growth. Such statements are based on current assumptions that involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual outcomes and results to differ materially. These risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, include risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in our filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including those on the Form 10-Q expected to be filed on or about July 31, 2025. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date hereof and should not be unduly relied upon. iRhythm disclaims any obligation to update these forward-looking statements.

    About iRhythm Technologies
    iRhythm is a leading digital health care company that creates trusted solutions that detect, predict, and prevent disease. Combining our Zio® wearable biosensors and cloud-based data analytics with powerful proprietary algorithms, iRhythm distills data from millions of heartbeats into clinically actionable information. Through a relentless focus on patient care, our vision at Rhythm is to deliver better data, better insights, and better health for all.

    About Lucem Health
    Lucem Health helps healthcare providers accelerate disease detection and treatment using practical, responsible AI, so they can improve patients’ lives and increase the clinical and financial yield from today’s scarce care delivery resources. We envision a world in which clinicians detect problems before they become life-threatening and patients get world-class care, everywhere. Learn more at www.lucemhealth.com.

    Media Contact
    Kassandra Perry
    irhythm@highwirepr.com

    Investor Contact
    Stephanie Zhadkevich
    investors@irhythmtech.com

    1. iRhythm internal estimate based on analysis of public and proprietary sources, including U.S. Census Bureau data, CDC healthcare utilization data, Medicare Public Use Files, IQVIA, Komodo Health, Definitive Healthcare, and peer-reviewed literature on arrhythmia prevalence, symptom presentation, and diagnostic pathways. Full source list available upon request.
    2. What is an arrhythmia? National Heart Lung and Blood Institute, 2022. https://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/health/arrhythmias
    3. Desai et al. Arrhythmias. StatPearls [Internet], 2023. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK558923/
    4. Ataklte et al. Meta-analysis of ventricular premature complexes and their relation to cardiac mortality in general populations. The American Journal of Cardiology, 2013.
    5. Bhave, P. D., & Soliman, E. Z. (2024). Should patients with diabetes be routinely screened for atrial fibrillation? Expert Review of Cardiovascular Therapy, 22(1–3), 5–6. https://doi.org/10.1080/14779072.2024.2328645
    6. Russo P, Nathan R, Pfeffer D, Kamdar S, Wright B, Boyle K. Incidence and Timing of Major Arrhythmias in T2D and CKD: A Real-World Analysis [poster presentation]. Presented at: American Diabetes Association (ADA) 85th Scientific Sessions; June 20–23, 2025; Chicago, IL, USA.
    7. Russo P, Nathan R, Pfeffer D, Kamdar S, Wright B, Boyle K. Real-World Evidence on Health Care Resource Utilization and Economic Burden of Arrhythmias in Patients with Diabetes and COPD [poster presentation]. Presented at: American Heart Association (AHA) Scientific Sessions; November 16-18, 2024; Chicago, IL. Available at: https://s205.q4cdn.com/296879096/files/doc_events/2024/11/1/120-001752-003_DA_2024-AHA-Poster-iRhythmtech_RWE-HCRU-Arrhythmias_v2.pdf
    8. Russo P, Nathan R, Pfeffer D, Poh J, Jha V, Singh H, Wright B, Boyle K. Real-World Evidence on Health Care Resource Utilization and Economic Burden of Arrhythmias in Patients with COPD [poster presentation]. Presented at: American Thoracic Society (ATS) 2025 International Conference; May 16–21, 2025; San Francisco, CA, USA.
    9. The predictive-AI solution does not represent the functionality of any Zio branded medical device.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Samsung and Google Take Galaxy S25 Edge, Gemini Live on Tour

    Source: Samsung

    Samsung Electronics America is collaborating with Google to offer a curated museum experience powered by Galaxy S25 Edge and Gemini Live. The program kicks off at Space Center Houston, the space exploration and science learning museum that serves as the official visitor center of NASA Johnson Space Center in Houston, Texas. With AI-inspired interactive activations, visitors will get a sneak peek at the exciting ways Gemini Live can transform learning, whether you’re diving into history, exploring with curiosity, or Quick Sharing your favorite photo moments as immersive digital content.
    This program will continue with unique activations at museums in Los Angeles, Dallas, and New York, to be announced throughout the summer.
    At Space Center Houston, the Samsung Google Gemini Live Museum experience will feature striking digital installations positioned in the main plaza and throughout exhibit areas with multiple opportunities to engage with Gemini Live using Galaxy S25 Edge. Guests will start their journey at the plaza kiosk, where they will register and be assigned randomly generated space themed usernames, like APOLLO and MOON. After signing up, guests will continue their journey with a guided Gemini Live tutorial using Galaxy S25 Edge.

    Gemini Live enhances each guest’s journey as they follow prompts at various stops throughout the museum. With Gemini Live, guests will receive personalized insights and deeper educational opportunities at each stop, with the opportunity for demos that create a seamless, curated museum visit.
    Throughout this gamified experience, users will be able to see a map overview of the different activities alongside a progress bar so they are enticed to complete the whole experience fully. This creates a playful, fun, and engaging environment to learn while experiencing all that Galaxy S25 Edge and Gemini Live have to offer. Leaderboard displays will also show entertaining museum facts and fun Gemini Live features. Throughout their tour and upon completing activities, guests will be eligible to earn prizes, ranging from retail offers to digital and physical prizes at the kiosk.1 They’ll also receive emails throughout their visit to keep their username, prizes, and other helpful information streamlined.

    WHO: Fans and museumgoers are invited to join Samsung for curated, hands-on experiences using Galaxy S25 Edge and Gemini Live.
    WHAT: Samsung is collaborating with Google to host the Gemini Live Museum program. The showcase will feature museum activation where guests can use Gemini Live on Galaxy S25 Edge to experience the power of AI on Galaxy’s slimmest S Series phone yet.
    WHEN: Thursday, July 31, 2025, through Thursday, September 25, 2025

    Museum hours apply. Experience will take place daily.

    WHERE: Space Center Houston

    1601 NASA Pkwy, Houston, TX 77058

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Africa: African Peace Award 2025

    Source: APO – Report:

    I bring you compliments from the board and management of African Peace Magazine UK (https://AfricanPeace.org).

    On behalf of the Chairman Justice Suleiman GaladimaJSC, OFR, CFR (Rtd.) African Peace Magazine UK, humbly wish to specially invite you to attend the Hybrid and in person Award.

    The African Peace Magazine UK, in conjunction with her strategic partners: Rethink Africa Foundation, African Fact Checkers, Centre for peace and Conflict management in Africa, African Right Watch Television Ltd and several others is set to host the 15th Edition of the prestigious African Peace Awards, it is scheduled to hold in London England with the theme “The Magic of Peace”.

    African Peace Magazine UK, has been publishing for well over 15 years, and we are committed to promoting Peace, business networking, good governance and improved condition of living for Africans.

    Established in 2009, African Peace Award is an international award presented annually to honor individuals and organizations in various fields that have made outstanding contributions toward the realization of a peaceful and harmonious world as envisioned in the Declaration for All Life on Earth. They are selected not only in recognition of their past achievements, but for their ongoing contribution to building a better future. www.AfricanPeaceAwards.com

    African Peace Award is usually presented at a ceremony during the annual dinner and lecture, where the laureate takes center stage to deliver a commemorative address and receive a medal and a diploma together with a monetary prize.

    In addition to this annual award, the Culture of Peace Special Award is presented occasionally to honor individuals and organizations in various fields that have notably contributed to spreading and fostering a Culture of Peace around the world.

    The event is designed to host business, political, and diplomatic leaders. It is set to have in attendance, policy makers and think-tanks on Africa and Africa related issues.

    The African Peace Awards 2025 seeks to honor persons, institutions, organization, governments and others whose actions, and efforts have in one way improved or contributed to peace keeping and conflict management in Africa as well as improving the lives of Africans. 

    The African Peace brand has noted that Peace promotion and conflict management in any society alleviates uncertainty and risk which in turn promotes economic growth in any given community. It contributes to the economic growth of the community by increasing the productivity in capital and labour as well as good governance.

    The African Peace brand introduces its awards in the hopes of promoting peace globally and specifically in Africa with the hope of effecting change in Africa first and then globally.

    Several African Presidents, heads of Government, first ladies, past president and Vice presidents, top business CEOs, diplomats and others have received the Award in the past.

    – on behalf of African Peace Magazine.

    Contact Information:
    Attendance is strictly by invitation. For your VIP and VVIP Access cards
    To get you invite kindly contact us:
    +447771217805
    +2348033975746
    +447407399766
    +1(443)8835678

    For sponsorship, partnership, Exhibition and speaking opportunities and all other enquiries please contact:
    Chia Sandra
    International Affairs
    +2348033975746
    +447407399766

    Nigeria Abuja Office:
    Suite FT 12B Alibro Atrium Plaza Utako Abuja
    +2348033975746

    South African Office:
    16 Ridge Road Vorna Valley Midland 1686 South Africa
    +27662449117

    Angola:
    Call +244928690892
    +244993656970
    +244927589884

    London Office:
    10 Saint Andrew Road Bedford MK 402LJ England
    Call +447777121780
    WhatsApp +447407399766 

    Email: africanpeacemag@gmail.com

    Social Media:
    Twitter: https://apo-opa.co/4l31pm5
    Facebook: https://apo-opa.co/4fhNOWK
    Instagram: https://apo-opa.co/3UBY3eS
    LinkedIn: https://apo-opa.co/4lTpnBc

    About African Peace Magazine:
    The African Peace Magazine is published by African Peace Magazine (U.K.) Limited, a company registered in the United Kingdom. We are also registered in Nigeria, Angola and South Africa. The magazine focuses on bringing the best of Africa to a global audience, telling the African story from an African perspective, while evolving solutions to peculiar challenges being faced by the continent today.

    Websites: https://AfricanPeace.org
    www.AfricanPeaceAwards.com
    https://AfricanOilAndGasSummit.com

    Media files

    .

    MIL OSI Africa

  • MIL-OSI Africa: Eswatini’s Digital Transformation Crucial to Unlocking Growth, Jobs, and Economic Resilience

    Source: APO – Report:

    .

    Eswatini needs to digitalize, strengthen public finances and address structural economic constraints to sustain growth, according to the latest edition of the Eswatini Economic Update (EEU) launched by the World Bank Group (WBG) today, titled: Harnessing the Potential of Digital Technologies for Eswatini’s Growth and Job Creation. The report also provides analysis of the country’s recent economic performance and prospects for the medium term. 

    Eswatini’s economy is projected to grow by about 5% in 2025 through a combination of policies and supportive conditions amid global economic uncertainty. An increase in public and private investment is projected to contribute to economic activity. The challenge will be to maintain this economic momentum and ensure growth is more inclusive over the medium term. The nation faces pressing needs to digitalize and address structural constraints, diversify its economy and strengthen public finances.

    The second edition of the EEU identifies digitalization as a key transformative strategy for the country, particularly as it addresses significant challenges such as a 35.4% unemployment rate and structural inefficiencies in vital sectors including agriculture, trade, and services. By accelerating digital transformation, Eswatini can boost productivity, create sustainable new jobs, and increase domestic revenue helping to reduce reliance on volatile revenues.

    “This report aligns with the Kingdom of Eswatini’s 2024-2028 digital strategy. We welcome the World Bank’s insights on how digital transformation can contribute to accelerating our ongoing efforts to boost inclusive economic growth and domestic revenues and in so doing reduce reliance on SACU transfers,” said Honorable Thambo Gina, Minister for Economic Planning and Development for the Kingdom of Eswatini at the report’s launch in Mbabane.

    Eswatini is making progress in expanding digital access, with nearly 95% of the population now covered by 4G networks. However, only about 58% of people are using the internet. One of the main reasons is the high cost of data, which takes up 3.47% of GNI per capita – above what is considered affordable in the region. To boost digital adoption and attract greater investment, the report recommends reforming the telecom market, including restructuring the telecom State-Owned Enterprise, adopting open access policies to ensure that all service providers can use the same network infrastructure on fair and equal terms, and update regulatory frameworks to promote competition and lower costs. In addition, with almost half of the country’s Small and Medium Enterprises facing digital adoption barriers, targeted efforts in skills development and entrepreneurship support, including linkages to public procurement, are essential to drive job creation and innovation.

    “Eswatini’s digital transformation presents an opportunity to drive inclusive growth. Realizing this will require bold reforms to unlock the full potential of digital technologies, including the restructuring of Eswatini Posts and Telecommunications Corporation (EPTC),” said Satu Kahkonen, World Bank Division Director for Eswatini. “In addition, strengthening coordination across government initiatives, accelerating digital skills development, and fostering innovation will be key to unlocking this potential. Addressing these challenges will enable the country to capture the full benefits of a digital economy.”

    To unlock Eswatini’s digital potential for higher economic growth and job creation, the EEU recommends three core policy pillars:

     (i) Enhance resilience through effective macroeconomic management;

    (ii) Stimulate job creation through private sector development by improving the enabling environment;

    (iii) Provide better and more affordable services through efficient public spending.

    The policy options include strengthening digital governance through clearer institutional roles and a national change management program; accelerating Eswatini Post and Telecommunications Corporation (EPTC) reforms to enhance operational efficiency and introduce open access; investing in digital public infrastructure, including a modern digital ID system; developing a National Digital Skills Action Plan aligned with labor market needs; and fostering a competitive innovation ecosystem through regulatory reforms, financing access, and support for startups via public procurement opportunities.

    Addressing these priorities will position Eswatini to harness digital transformation for broader economic inclusion and growth.

    – on behalf of The World Bank Group.

    MIL OSI Africa

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Supporting innovation research

    Source: Government of Canada regional news (2)

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Larsen: Trade War with Canada Harms Washington Families

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman Rick Larsen (2nd Congressional District Washington)

    Larsen: Trade War with Canada Harms Washington Families

    Everett, WA, July 31, 2025

    Today, Representative Rick Larsen (WA-02) released the following statement:

    “President Trump’s unnecessary trade war with Canada is hurting families and businesses in Northwest Washington state.  

    • As of last month, Canadian travelers from B.C. to Washington state via Whatcom County have decreased by 43% compared to 2024.
    • Online purchases from U.S. retailers are down 14% and travel purchases in the U.S. are down 27%.
    • Northwest Yarns, a small business in Bellingham, lost 20% of their sales because of Canadian shoppers choosing to spend their money at home. 
    • Point to Point Parcel, a local Point Roberts shipping company that survived 24 years, closed in May because of the President’s reckless tariffs.
    • An international company shifted manufacturing work from Washington state to Canada and a maritime employer moved a project from Bellingham to Canada because of tariff uncertainty.

    “Instead of a pointless trade war, the President should work with Canada to address the challenges facing both Americans and Canadians. A positive, effective agenda would include rebuilding manufacturing jobs, bringing down the cost of living, building stronger cross-border energy and critical minerals sectors, and confronting unfair competition from non-market economies.

    “With Trump’s arbitrary deadline of August 1st approaching, any deal that locks in U.S. tariffs will cause further harm for families in Northwest Washington state. The Administration should be working with Canada to reduce barriers between our two economies, create jobs and lower prices.”

    Rep. Larsen is a member of the New Democrat Coalition Trade and Tariffs Task Force and has been a leader in opposing the Trump administration’s tariffs.

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: $HAREHOLDER ALERT: The M&A Class Action Firm Announces An Investigation of Dynamix Corporation (NASDAQ: DYNX)

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Class Action Attorney Juan Monteverde with Monteverde & Associates PC (the “M&A Class Action Firm”), has recovered millions of dollars for shareholders and is recognized as a Top 50 Firm in the 2024 ISS Securities Class Action Services Report. The firm is headquartered at the Empire State Building in New York City and is investigating Dynamix Corporation (NASDAQ: DYNX) related to its merger with The Ether Reserve LLC. Upon completion of the proposed transaction, each Dynamix shareholder will receive one share of non-voting Class A common stock in the combined company. Is it a fair deal?

    Click here for more info https://monteverdelaw.com/case/dynamix-corporation/. It is free and there is no cost or obligation to you.

    NOT ALL LAW FIRMS ARE EQUAL. Before you hire a law firm, you should talk to a lawyer and ask:

    1. Do you file class actions and go to Court?
    2. When was the last time you recovered money for shareholders?
    3. What cases did you recover money in and how much?

    About Monteverde & Associates PC

    Our firm litigates and has recovered money for shareholders…and we do it from our offices in the Empire State Building. We are a national class action securities firm with a successful track record in trial and appellate courts, including the U.S. Supreme Court.

    No one is above the law. If you own common stock in the above listed company and have concerns or wish to obtain additional information free of charge, please visit our website or contact Juan Monteverde, Esq. either via e-mail at jmonteverde@monteverdelaw.com or by telephone at (212) 971-1341.

    Contact:
    Juan Monteverde, Esq.
    MONTEVERDE & ASSOCIATES PC
    The Empire State Building
    350 Fifth Ave. Suite 4740
    New York, NY 10118
    United States of America
    jmonteverde@monteverdelaw.com
    Tel: (212) 971-1341

    Attorney Advertising. (C) 2025 Monteverde & Associates PC. The law firm responsible for this advertisement is Monteverde & Associates PC (www.monteverdelaw.com).  Prior results do not guarantee a similar outcome with respect to any future matter.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: QUAINT OAK BANCORP, INC. ANNOUNCES SECOND QUARTER EARNINGS

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Southampton, PA , July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Quaint Oak Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) (OTCQB: QNTO), the holding company for Quaint Oak Bank (the “Bank”), announced today net income for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 of $272,000, or $0.10 per basic and diluted share, compared to net income of $100,000, or $0.04 per basic and diluted share, for the same period in 2024. Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2025 was $189,000, or $0.07 per basic and diluted share, compared to net income of $973,000, or $0.39 per basic and diluted share, for the same period in 2024.

    Robert T. Strong, Chief Executive Officer stated, “I am pleased to report that our earnings for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025, were measurably improved over the prior quarter. We anticipate that we have generally stabilized expenses except for certain one-time costs expected to be incurred during the second half of 2025 as we rectify and complete the build out of our business lines.”

    Mr. Strong added, “Uncertainties in national and international economics continue. However, compared to our first quarter report, and despite the housing market still not thriving, our mortgage banking company improved in its performance. Our SBA production is now generally on target, along with commercial loan sales becoming more productive.”

    Mr. Strong continued, “Loan closings are more consistent while asset growth is well contained as a result of regular loan sales into a secondary market.”

    Mr. Strong commented, “We have been reporting weakness in the small business sector of our loan portfolio which still exists. However, our asset quality ratios have improved. Our non-performing assets as a percent of total assets are reported at 0.89%, our non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans receivable, net is reported at 1.10% both as of June 30, 2025. Additionally, our Texas Ratio is reported at 9.24% as of June 30, 2025.”

    Mr. Strong concluded, “As always, our current and continued business strategy focuses on long term profitability and maintaining healthy capital ratios both of which reflect our strong commitment to shareholder value.”

    Comparison of Quarter-over-Quarter Operating Results

    Net income amounted to $272,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $172,000, or 172.0%, compared to net income of $100,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The increase in net income on a comparative quarterly basis was primarily the result of a decrease in interest expense of $1.1 million, and an increase in non-interest income of $643,000, partially offset by a decrease in interest and dividend income of $703,000, an increase in the provision for credit losses of $478,000, an increase in non-interest expense of $297,000, and an increase in the net provision for income taxes from continuing operations of $127,000.

    The $703,000, or 6.5%, decrease in interest and dividend income for the quarter was primarily due to a $66.2 million decrease in the average balance of due from banks – interest earning, which decreased from $103.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024 to $37.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, and had the effect of decreasing interest income $960,000, a decrease in the average balance of loans receivable, net, which decreased $15.9 million from $605.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024 to $589.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 and had the effect of decreasing interest income $245,000, and a decrease in the average yield on due from banks – interest earning, which decreased from 5.80% for the three months ended June 30, 2024 to 4.21% for the three months ended June 30, 2025 and had the effect of decreasing interest income $150,000. Partially offsetting the decrease in interest and dividend income was a 42 basis point increase in the average yield on loans receivable, net from 6.16% for the three months ended June 30, 2024 to 6.58% for the three months ended June 30, 2025, and had the effect of increasing interest income $622,000.

    The $1.1 million, or 16.6%, decrease in interest expense for the three months ended June 30, 2025 over the comparable period in 2024 was driven by a $1.6 million, or 25.5%, decrease in interest expense on deposits, which was primarily attributable to a decrease in average balances of interest-bearing deposits as a result of reduced correspondent banking activity and reduction in a money market deposit through a deposit placement agreement. Also contributing to the decrease in interest expense for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was a $320,000, or 65.6%, decrease in interest expense on subordinated debt. These decreases in interest expense were partially offset by a $481,000, or 288.0%, increase in the interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings due to a $38.3 million, or 212.1%, increase in the average balance of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings which increased from $18.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024 to $56.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, and a $275,000 increase in interest expense on senior debt. The average interest rate spread increased from 1.57% for the three months ended June 30, 2024 to 2.19% for the three months ended June 30, 2025 and the net interest margin increased from 2.28% for the three months ended June 30, 2024 to 2.85% for the three months ended June 30, 2025.

    The $478,000, or 1,165.9%, increase in the provision for credit losses for the three months ended June 30, 2025 over the three months ended June 30, 2024 was primarily due to an increase in charge-offs during the three months ended June 30, 2025, partially offset by a decrease in loans receivable, net.

    The $643,000, or 49.3%, increase in non-interest income for the three months ended June 30, 2025 over the comparable period in 2024 was primarily attributable to a $485,000, or 86.5%, increase in net gain on sale of loans, a $413,000, or 421.4%, increase in gain on sale of SBA loans, a $97,000, or 53.0%, increase in mortgage banking, equipment lending and title abstract fees, and a $20,000, or 11.4%, increase in insurance commissions. These increases were partially offset by a $359,000, or 149.6%, decrease in other fees and service charges, and a $16,000, or 100.0%, decrease in real estate sales commissions, net. The reduction in other fees and service charges is attributable to reduced correspondent banking activities.

    The $297,000, or 5.7%, increase in non-interest expense for the three months ended June 30, 2025 over the comparable period in 2024 was primarily due to a $152,000, or 39.8%, increase in other expense, a $128,000, or 41.2%, increase in data processing expense, a $27,000, or 37.0%, increase in advertising expense, an $18,000, or 11.5%, increase in professional fees, a $16,000, or 3.9%, increase in occupancy and equipment expense, and a $15,000, or 30.0%, increase in directors’ fees and expenses. These increases were partially offset by a $31,000, or 0.8%, decrease in salaries and employee benefits expense, and a $28,000, or 17.2%, decrease in FDIC deposit insurance assessment.

    The provision for income tax from continuing operations increased $127,000, or 153.01%, from $83,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2024 to $210,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2025 due primarily to an increase in pre-tax income.

    Comparison of Six-Month Operating Results

    Net income amounted to $189,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2025, a decrease of $784,000, or 80.6%, compared to net income of $973,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The decrease in net income on a comparative quarterly basis was primarily the result of a decrease in interest and dividend income of $2.9 million, an increase in non-interest expense of $716,000, and a decrease in net income from discontinued operations of $406,000, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense of $2.1 million, an increase in non-interest income of $821,000, a decrease in the provision for credit losses of $217,000, and a decrease in the net provision for income taxes from continuing operations of $135,000.

    The $2.9 million, or 12.6%, decrease in interest and dividend income was primarily due to a decrease in the average balance of loans receivable, net, which decreased $42.8 million from $631.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024 to $589.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and had the effect of decreasing interest income $1.4 million, a $49.7 million decrease in the average balance of due from banks – interest earning, which decreased from $86.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024 to $37.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, and had the effect of decreasing interest income $1.3 million, and a 124 basis point decrease in the average yield on due from banks – interest earning from 5.27% for the six months ended June 30, 2024 to 4.03% for the six months ended June 30, 2025, and had the effect of decreasing interest income $230,000.

    The $2.1 million, or 15.2%, decrease in interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2025 over the comparable period in 2024 was driven by a $2.8 million, or 23.3%, decrease in interest expense on deposits, which was primarily attributable to a decrease in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits as a result of reduced correspondent banking activity and reduction in a money market deposit through a deposit placement agreement. Also contributing to the decrease in interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2025 was a $352,000, or 36.2% decrease in interest expense on subordinated debt. These decreases in interest expense were partially offset by $479,000 increase in the interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings due to a $29.1 million, or 135.1%, increase in the average balance of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings which increased from $21.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024 to $50.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, and a $391,000 increase in interest expense on senior debt. The average interest rate spread increased from 1.81% for the six months ended June 30, 2024 to 2.13% for the six months ended June 30, 2025 while the net interest margin increased from 2.62% for the six months ended June 30, 2024 to 2.74% for the six months ended June 30, 2025.

    The $217,000, or 19.8%, decrease in the provision for credit losses for the six months ended June 30, 2025 over the six months ended June 30, 2024 was primarily due to a decrease in loans receivable, net, partially offset by an increase in charge-offs during the six months ended June 30, 2025.

    The $821,000, or 28.4%, increase in non-interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2025 over the comparable period in 2024 was primarily attributable to a $691,000, or 544.1%, increase in gain on sale of SBA loans, a $607,000, or 40.6%, increase in net gain on sale of loans, a $53,000, or 16.2%, increase in insurance commissions, and a $36,000, or 9.2%, increase in mortgage banking, equipment lending and title abstract fees. These increases were partially offset by a $553,000, or 118.7%, decrease in other fees and service charges, and a $20,000, or 100.0%, decrease in real estate sales commissions, net.

    The $716,000, or 6.9%, increase in non-interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2025 over the comparable period in 2024 was primarily due to a $268,000, or 46.8%, increase in data processing expense, a $206,000, or 23.7%, increase in other expense, a $197,000, or 29.6%, increase in occupancy and equipment expense, a $100,000, or 33.7%, increase in professional fees, a $39,000, or 24.4%, increase in advertising expense, and a $29,000, or 28.7%, increase in directors’ fees and expenses. These increases were partially offset by an $80,000, or 23.8%, decrease in FDIC deposit insurance assessment, and a $43,000, or 0.6%, decrease in salaries and employee benefits expense.

    The provision for income tax from continuing operations decreased $135,000, or 38.9%, from $347,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2024 to $212,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2025 due primarily to a decrease in pre-tax income.

    Comparison of Financial Condition

    The Company’s total assets at June 30, 2025 were $670.8 million, a decrease of $14.4 million, or 2.1%, from $685.2 million at December 31, 2024. This decrease in total assets was primarily due to a $14.1 million, or 22.4%, decrease in cash and cash equivalents, an $8.3 million, or 12.9%, decrease in loans held for sale, and a $430,000, or 25.8%, decrease in investment securities available for sale. Also contributing to the decrease in assets was a $45,000, or 2.8%, decrease in premises and equipment, net, and a $24,000, or 31.2%, decrease in other intangible, net of accumulated amortization. Partially offsetting the decrease in total assets was a $7.0 million, or 1.3%, increase in loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses, a $694,000, or 17.5%, increase in accrued interest receivable, a $477,000, or 21.5%, increase in investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost, a $228,000, or 2.9%, increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, and a $61,000, or 1.4%, increase in bank-owned life insurance. The largest increases within the loan portfolio occurred in one-to-four family owner occupied loans which increased $10.9 million, or 42.0%, home equity loans which increased $3.0 million, or 52.1%, construction loans which increased $1.9 million, or 10.3%, and commercial real estate loans, which increased $372,000, or 0.1%. Partially offsetting these increases were multi-family residential loans which decreased $4.0, or 8.7%, commercial business loans which decreased $3.9 million, or 3.4%, and one-to-four family non-owner occupied loans which decreased $2.1 million, or 6.1%.

    Loans held for sale decreased $8.3 million, or 12.9%, from $64.3 million at December 31, 2024 to $56.0 million at June 30, 2025 as the Bank’s mortgage banking subsidiary, Quaint Oak Mortgage, LLC, originated $55.3 million of one-to-four family residential loans during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and sold $51.2 million of loans in the secondary market. The Bank’s commercial real estate subsidiary, Oakmont Commercial, LLC, originated $19.0 million of commercial real estate loans during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and sold $28.7 million of loans in the secondary market during this same period. Additionally, the Bank originated $6.0 million of SBA loans and sold $8.7 of SBA loans in the secondary market in the same period.

    Total deposits decreased $21.1 million, or 3.8%, to $532.2 million at June 30, 2025 from $553.3 million at December 31, 2024. This decrease in deposits was primarily attributable to a decrease of $40.8 million, or 25.1%, in money market accounts, and a decrease of $22.8 million, or 47.7%, in interest bearing checking accounts as the Company exited one of its correspondent banking relationships. These decreases in deposits were partially offset by an increase of $29.6 million, or 10.5%, in certificates of deposit, an increase of $12.6 million, or 21.2%, in non-interest bearing checking accounts, and a $268,000, or 54.5%, increase in savings accounts.

    Total Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) borrowings increased $12.1 million, or 25.4%, to $60.0 million at June 30, 2025 from $47.9 million at December 31, 2024 as the Bank utilized a portion of its borrowing capacity for liquidity purposes.

    Senior debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs, increased $9.5 million from none at December 31, 2024 as the Company entered into a Senior Unsecured Note Purchase Agreement with certain institutional accredited investors pursuant to which the Company issued an aggregate of $9.75 million in aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Unsecured Senior Notes due March 1, 2028 (the “Senior Debt Notes”) in a private placement. The Company issued to an accredited individual investor an additional $250,000 in principal amount of the Senior Debt Notes as of March 4, 2025 for a total of $10.0 million in aggregate principal amount. The Senior Debt Notes bear interest at a fixed annual rate of 11.00%, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning September 1, 2025. The maturity date of the Senior Debt Notes is March 1, 2028.

    Subordinated debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs, decreased $14.0 million, or 63.6%, to $8.0 million at June 30, 2025 from $22.0 million at December 31, 2024 as the Company used the net proceeds from the sale of the Senior Debt Notes to repay a portion of the outstanding $14.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 8.5% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes upon their maturity on March 15, 2025.

    Total stockholders’ equity from continuing operations decreased $360,000, or 0.7%, to $52.3 million at June 30, 2025 from $52.6 million at December 31, 2024. Contributing to the decrease were dividends paid of $683,000, and purchase of treasury stock of $31,000. The decrease in stockholders’ equity was partially offset by net income for the six months ended June 30, 2025 of $189,000, amortization of stock awards and options under our stock compensation plans of $121,000, the reissuance of treasury stock under the Bank’s 401(k) Plan of $40,000, and other comprehensive income, net of $4,000.

    Non-performing loans at June 30, 2025 totaled $5.9 million, or 1.10%, of total loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses, consisting of $4.8 million of loans on non-accrual status and $1.2 million of loans 90-days or more delinquent. Non-accrual loans consist of one one-to-four family residential owner occupied loan, nine commercial real estate loans, and 18 commercial business loans. Included in the 18 commercial business loans is one pool of equipment loans. Loans 90-days or more past due include one one-to-four family residential owner occupied loan, one one-to-four family residential non-owner occupied loan, and four commercial business loans, all of which are still accruing. All non-performing loans are either well-collateralized or adequately reserved for. During the six months ended June 30, 2025, 16 commercial business loans totaling $1.0 million that were previously on non-accrual were charged-off through the allowance for credit losses. Non-performing loans at December 31, 2024 totaled $5.7 million, or 1.07%, of total loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses, consisting of $3.9 million of loans on non-accrual status and $1.8 million of loans 90-days or more delinquent. Non-accrual loans consist of one commercial real estate loan, and ten commercial business loans. Included in the ten commercial business loans is one pool of equipment loans. Loans 90-days or more past due include one one-to-four family residential owner occupied loan and two commercial real estate loans, all of which are still accruing. All non-performing loans are either well-collateralized or adequately reserved for. During the year ended December 31, 2024, 19 commercial business loans totaling $1.6 million, and one construction loan of $187,000, that were previously on non-accrual were charged-off through the allowance for credit losses.

    Quaint Oak Bancorp, Inc., a Financial Services Company, is the parent company for the Quaint Oak Family of Companies. Quaint Oak Bank, a Pennsylvania-chartered stock savings bank and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is headquartered in Southampton, Pennsylvania and conducts business through three regional offices located in the Delaware Valley, Lehigh Valley and Philadelphia markets. Quaint Oak Bank’s subsidiary companies include Quaint Oak Abstract, LLC, Quaint Oak Insurance Agency, LLC, Quaint Oak Mortgage, LLC, and Oakmont Commercial, LLC, a specialty commercial real estate financing company. All companies are multi-state operations.

    Statements contained in this news release which are not historical facts may be forward-looking statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors. Factors which could result in material variations include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates which could affect net interest margins and net interest income, competitive factors which could affect net interest income and noninterest income, changes in demand for loans, deposits and other financial services in the Company’s market area; changes in asset quality, general economic conditions as well as other factors discussed in documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. The Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date on which such statements were made.

    In addition to factors previously disclosed in the reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission and those identified elsewhere in this press release, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance: the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the Company conducts its operations; general economic conditions; legislative and regulatory changes; monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government; changes in tax policies, rates and regulations of federal, state and local tax authorities including the effects of the Tax Reform Act; changes in interest rates, deposit flows, the cost of funds, demand for loan products and the demand for financial services, competition, changes in the quality or composition of the Companys loan, investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios; geographic concentration of the Companys business; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; the risk that goodwill and intangibles recorded in the Companys financial statements will become impaired; changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines and other economic, competitive, governmental and technological factors affecting the Companys operations, markets, products, services and fees.
      

    QUAINT OAK BANCORP, INC.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (In Thousands)
          At June 30,       At December 31,  
          2025       2024  
          (Unaudited)       (Unaudited)  
    Assets                
      Cash and cash equivalents   $ 48,891     $ 62,989  
      Investment in interest-earning time deposits     912       912  
      Investment securities available for sale at fair value     1,236       1,666  
      Loans held for sale     56,013       64,281  
      Loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses (2025: $6,326; 2024: $6,476)     541,690       534,693  
      Accrued interest receivable     4,655       3,961  
      Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost     2,691       2,214  
      Bank-owned life insurance     4,508       4,447  
      Premises and equipment, net     1,581       1,626  
      Goodwill     515       515  
      Other intangible, net of accumulated amortization     53       77  
      Prepaid expenses and other assets     8,015       7,787  
           Total Assets   $ 670,760     $ 685,168  
    Liabilities and Stockholders Equity                
    Liabilities                
      Non-interest bearing   $ 97,432     $ 59,783  
        Interest-bearing     434,744       493,469  
           Total deposits     532,176       553,252  
      Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings     60,000       47,855  
      Senior debt, net of unamortized costs     9,531        
      Subordinated debt     8,000       22,000  
      Accrued interest payable     1,026       937  
      Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance     2,915       3,122  
      Accrued expenses and other liabilities     4,855       5,385  
              Total Liabilities     618,503       632,551  
    Total StockholdersEquity     52,257       52,617  
           Total Liabilities and StockholdersEquity   $ 670,760     $ 685,168  

    QUAINT OAK BANCORP, INC.
    Consolidated Statements of Income
    (In Thousands, except share data)

          For the Three       For the Six  
          Months Ended       Months Ended  
          June 30,       June 30,  
          2025       2024       2025       2024  
          (Unaudited)       (Unaudited)  
    Interest and Dividend Income                                
      Interest on loans, including fees   $ 9,695     $ 9,317     $ 19,218     $ 20,550  
      Interest and dividends on time deposits, investment securities, interest-bearing deposits with others, and Federal Home Loan Bank stock     499       1,580       902       2,469  
        Total Interest and Dividend Income     10,194       10,897       20,120       23,019  
    Interest Expense                                
      Interest on deposits     4,598       6,168       9,328       12,154  
      Interest on FHLB borrowings     648       167       1,132       409  
      Interest on senior debt     275             391        
      Interest on subordinated debt     168       488       620       972  
        Total Interest Expense     5,689       6,823       11,471       13,535  
                                     
    Net Interest Income   $ 4,505     $ 4,074     $ 8,649     $ 9,484  
    Provision for Credit LossesLoans     464             790       1,084  
    (Recovery of) Provision for Credit LossesUnfunded Commitments     (27 )     (41 )     88       11  
       Total Provision for (Recovery of) Credit Losses     437       (41 )     878       1,095  
       Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses     4,068       4,115       7,771       8,389  
                                     
    Non-Interest Income                                
      Mortgage banking, equipment lending and title abstract fees     280       183       426       390  
      Real estate sales commissions, net           16             20  
      Insurance commissions     196       176       381       328  
      Other fees and services charges     (119 )     240       (87 )     466  
      Net loan servicing income     1       2       5       3  
      Income from bank-owned life insurance     32       28       62       57  
      Net gain on sale of loans     1,046       561       2,102       1,495  
      Gain on the sale of SBA loans     511       98       818       127  
        Total Non-Interest Income     1,947       1,304       3,707       2,886  
                                     
    Non-Interest Expense                                
      Salaries and employee benefits     3,642       3,673       7,292       7,335  
      Directors’ fees and expenses     65       50       130       101  
      Occupancy and equipment     432       416       863       666  
      Data processing     439       311       841       573  
      Professional fees     174       156       397       297  
      FDIC deposit insurance assessment     135       163       256       336  
      Advertising     100       73       199       160  
      Amortization of other intangible     12       12       24       24  
      Other     534       382       1,075       869  
        Total Non-Interest Expense     5,533       5,236       11,077       10,361  
    Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes   $ 482     $ 183     $ 401     $ 914  
    Income Taxes     210       83       212       347  
        Net Income from Continuing Operations   $ 272     $ 100     $ 189     $ 567  
    Income from Discontinued Operations                       564  
    Income Taxes                       158  
        Net Income from Discontinued Operations   $     $     $       406  
        Net Income   $ 272     $ 100     $ 189     $ 973  
                     
          Three Months Ended       Six Months Ended  
          June 30,       June 30,  
          2025       2024       2025       2024  
          (Unaudited)       (Unaudited)  
    Per Common Share Data:                                
     Earnings per share from continuing operations – basic   $ 0.10     $ 0.04     $ 0.07     $ 0.23  
     Earnings per share from discontinued operations – basic   $     $     $     $ 0.16  
     Earnings per share, net – basic   $ 0.10     $ 0.04     $ 0.07     $ 0.39  
     Average shares outstanding – basic     2,630,585       2,600,346       2,628,786       2,525,580  
     Earnings per share from continuing operations – diluted   $ 0.10     $ 0.04     $ 0.07     $ 0.23  
     Earnings per share from discontinued operations – diluted   $     $     $     $ 0.16  
     Earnings per share, net – diluted   $ 0.10     $ 0.04     $ 0.07     $ 0.39  
     Average shares outstanding – diluted     2,630,585       2,600,346       2,628,786       2,525,580  
     Book value per share, end of period   $ 19.83     $ 19.54     $ 19.83     $ 19.54  
     Shares outstanding, end of period     2,635,866       2,629,289       2,635,866       2,629,289  
        Three Months Ended
    June 30,
        Six Months Ended
    June 30,
     
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
        (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    Selected Operating Ratios:                                
     Average yield on interest-earning assets     6.45 %     6.11 %     6.38 %     6.37 %
     Average rate on interest-bearing liabilities     4.26 %     4.54 %     4.25 %     4.55 %
     Average interest rate spread     2.19 %     1.57 %     2.13 %     1.81 %
     Net interest margin     2.85 %     2.28 %     2.74 %     2.62 %
     Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     118.42 %     118.78 %     116.86 %     121.59 %
     Efficiency ratio     85.75 %     97.37 %     89.65 %     80.97 %
                                     
    Asset Quality Ratios (1):                                
     Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans receivable, net     1.10 %     1.46 %     1.10 %     1.46 %
     Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets     0.89 %     1.24 %     0.89 %     1.24 %
     Allowance for credit losses as a percent of non-performing loans     106.39 %     85.12 %     106.39 %     85.12 %
     Allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans receivable, net     1.15 %     1.23 %     1.15 %     1.23 %
     Texas Ratio (2)     9.24 %     13.25 %     9.24 %     13.25 %

    (1) Asset quality ratios are end of period ratios.
    (2) Total non-performing assets divided by tangible common equity plus the allowance for loan losses.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Aspen Aerogels to Participate in August Investor Conferences

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NORTHBOROUGH, Mass., July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Aspen Aerogels, Inc. (NYSE: ASPN) (“Aspen” or the “Company”), a technology leader in sustainability and electrification solutions, today announced that the Company is scheduled to participate in the following investor events in August: (i) Oppenheimer 28th Annual Technology, Internet & Communications Conference, and (ii) Canaccord Genuity 45th Annual Growth Conference. The presentation materials utilized during the conferences will be available on the Investor Relations section of Aspen’s website at www.aerogel.com.

    Oppenheimer 28thAnnual Technology, Internet & Communications Conference / August 11, 2025 (Virtual)
    Ricardo C. Rodriguez, CFO & Treasurer, and Neal Baranosky, Senior Director, Head of Investor Relations & Corporate Strategy, will be hosting one-on-one meetings with investors at the Oppenheimer 28th Annual Technology, Internet & Communications Conference, to be held virtually on Monday, August 11, 2025.

    In addition, the conference will feature a virtual Presentation with Messrs. Rodriguez and Baranosky. The Presentation is scheduled for 11:35 a.m. – 12:15 p.m. ET. A live webcast of the Presentation can be accessed on the Investor Relations section of Aspen’s website and will be available for one year.

    For those interested in arranging a one-on-one meeting with Aspen management, please contact your Oppenheimer representative.

    Canaccord Genuity 45thAnnual Growth Conference / August 12-13, 2025 (Boston, MA)
    Donald R. Young, President & CEO, and Ricardo C. Rodriguez, CFO & Treasurer, will be hosting one-on-one meetings with investors at Canaccord Genuity’s 45th Annual Growth Conference, to be held at the InterContinental Boston Hotel, Boston, MA, on Tuesday, August 12, and Wednesday, August 13, 2025.

    In addition, the conference will feature a Fireside Chat with Messrs. Young and Rodriguez on the afternoon of August 12. The Fireside Chat is scheduled for 1:30 p.m. – 2:00 p.m. ET. A live webcast of the panel can be accessed on the Investor Relations section of Aspen’s website and will be available for one year.

    For those interested in arranging a one-on-one meeting with Aspen management, please contact your Canaccord representative.

    About Aspen Aerogels, Inc.
    Aspen is a technology leader in sustainability and electrification solutions. The Company’s aerogel technology enables its customers and partners to achieve their own objectives around the global megatrends of resource efficiency, e-mobility and clean energy. Aspen’s PyroThin® products enable solutions to thermal runaway challenges within the electric vehicle (“EV”) market. The Company’s Cryogel® and Pyrogel® products are valued by the world’s largest energy infrastructure companies. Aspen’s strategy is to partner with world-class industry leaders to leverage its Aerogel Technology Platform® into additional high-value markets. Aspen is headquartered in Northborough, Mass. For more information, please visit www.aerogel.com.

    Investor Relations Contacts
    Neal Baranosky
    Phone: (508) 691-1111 x 8
    nbaranosky@aerogel.com

    Georg Venturatos / Patrick Hall
    Gateway Group
    ASPN@gateway-grp.com
    Phone: (949) 574-386

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Riot Platforms Reports Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results, Current Operational and Financial Highlights

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CASTLE ROCK, Colo., July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Riot Platforms, Inc. (NASDAQ: RIOT) (“Riot” or “the Company”), a Bitcoin-driven industry leader in the development of large-scale data centers for high performance computing and bitcoin mining applications, reported financial results for the three-month period ended June 30, 2025. The accompanying presentation materials are available on Riot’s website.

    “I am pleased to announce Riot’s results for the second quarter of 2025,” said Jason Les, CEO of Riot. “Strong tailwinds in the price of bitcoin contributed to Riot achieving a record $219.5 million in net income and $495.3 million in adjusted EBITDA, representing exceptionally strong results for the quarter.

    “We are immensely proud of our evolution over the past several years, having built world-class capabilities in power procurement, Bitcoin mining at global scale, and infrastructure engineering, culminating in a strong position to control our destiny and maximize shareholder value. Our strategy centers on optimizing our ready-for-service power portfolio – anchored by flagship sites in Rockdale and Corsicana – while progressively shifting capacity toward high-value data centers, bolstered by our addition of hyperscale expertise through recent hires, in particular Jonathan Gibbs as Chief Data Center Officer. With a robust balance sheet, battle-hardened teams, and significant access to capital markets, we are uniquely positioned at the intersection of surging high performance computing demand and Bitcoin growth to maximize utilization of our significant power capacity, expand thoughtfully, and drive compelling long-term value for our shareholders.”

    Second Quarter 2025 Financial and Operational Highlights

    Key financial and operational highlights for the second quarter include:

    • Total revenue of $153.0 million, as compared to $70.0 million for the same three-month period in 2024. The increase was primarily driven by a $85.1 million increase in Bitcoin Mining revenue.
    • Produced 1,426 bitcoin, as compared to 844 during the same three-month period in 2024.
    • The average cost to mine bitcoin, excluding depreciation, was $48,992 in the quarter, as compared to $25,329 per bitcoin in the same three-month period in 2024. The increase was primarily driven by the block subsidy ‘halving’ event, which occurred in April 2024, and a 45% increase in the average global network hash rate as compared to the same period in 2024.
    • Bitcoin Mining revenue of $140.9 million for the quarter, as compared to $55.8 million for the same three-month period in 2024, primarily driven by higher average bitcoin prices and an increase in operational hash rate, partially offset by the block subsidy ‘halving’ event and an increase in the average global network hash rate.
    • Engineering revenue of $10.6 million for the quarter, as compared to $9.6 million for the same three-month period in 2024. Riot has benefited from $18.5 million in capex savings alone since the acquisition of ESS Metron in December 2021, representing a key advantage of the Company’s vertical integration strategy.
    • Maintained industry-leading financial position, with $141.1 million in working capital, including $255.4 million in unrestricted cash on hand, $74.9 million in restricted cash, and $62.5 million in marketable equity securities.
    • Held 19,273 bitcoin (of which 3,300 is currently held as collateral), equating to approximately $2.1 billion based on a market price for one bitcoin on June 30, 2025, of $107,174.

    About Riot Platforms, Inc.

    Riot’s (NASDAQ: RIOT) vision is to be the world’s leading Bitcoin-driven infrastructure platform.

    Our mission is to positively impact the sectors, networks and communities that we touch. We believe that the combination of an innovative spirit and strong community partnership allows the Company to achieve best-in-class execution and create successful outcomes.

    Riot is a Bitcoin mining and digital infrastructure company focused on a vertically integrated strategy. The Company has Bitcoin mining operations in central Texas and Kentucky, and electrical engineering and fabrication operations in Denver, Colorado, and Houston, Texas.

    For more information, visit www.riotplatforms.com.

    Safe Harbor

    Statements in this press release that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements that reflect management’s current expectations, assumptions, and estimates of future performance and economic conditions. Such statements rely on the safe harbor provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Because such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “intends,” “will,” “potential,” “hope,” similar expressions and their negatives are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements may include, but are not limited to, statements relating to the Company’s development of its facilities and the Company’s plans, projections, objectives, expectations, and intentions about future events and trends that it believes may affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long- term business operations and objectives and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including, without limitation: risks related to the Company’s growth, the anticipated demand for AI/HPC uses, the feasibility of developing the Company’s power capacity for AI/HPC uses, competition in the markets in which the Company operates, market growth, the Company’s ability to innovate and expand into new markets, the Company’s ability to realize benefits from its implementation of new strategies into its business, estimates of Bitcoin production; our future hash rate growth (EH/s); the anticipated benefits, construction schedule, and costs associated with the development of our mining facilities in Texas, Kentucky and elsewhere; our expected schedule of new miner deliveries; our access to electrical power; the impact of weather events on our operations and results; our ability to successfully deploy new miners; the variance in our mining pool rewards may negatively impact our results of Bitcoin production; our megawatt capacity under development; risks related to the Company’s inability to realize the anticipated benefits from immersion cooling; the inability to integrate acquired businesses successfully, or such integration may take longer or be more difficult, time-consuming or costly to accomplish than anticipated; or the failure of the Company to otherwise realize anticipated efficiencies and strategic and financial benefits from our business strategies. Detailed information regarding the factors identified by the Company’s management which they believe may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements in this press release may be found in the Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including the risks, uncertainties and other factors discussed under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, as amended, and the other filings the Company makes with the SEC, copies of which may be obtained from the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. All forward- looking statements included in this press release are made only as of the date of this press release, and the Company disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that subsequently occur, or of which the Company hereafter becomes aware, except as required by law. Persons reading this press release are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.

    For further information, please contact:

    Investor Contact:
    Phil McPherson
    303-794-2000 ext. 110
    IR@Riot.Inc

    Media Contact:
    Alexis Brock
    303-794-2000 ext. 118
    PR@Riot.Inc

    Non-U.S. GAAP Measures of Financial Performance

    In addition to financial measures presented under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”), we consistently evaluate our use of and calculation of non-GAAP financial measures such as “Adjusted EBITDA.” EBITDA is computed as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is a performance measure defined as EBITDA, adjusted to eliminate the effects of certain non-cash and/or non-recurring items that do not reflect our ongoing strategic business operations, which management believes results in a performance measurement that represents a key indicator of the Company’s core business operations of Bitcoin mining. The adjustments include fair value adjustments such as derivative power contract adjustments, equity securities value changes, and non-cash stock-based compensation expense, in addition to financing and legacy business income and expense items. We exclude impairments and gains or losses on sales or exchanges of Bitcoin from our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for all periods presented.

    We believe Adjusted EBITDA can be an important financial measure because it allows management, investors, and our board of directors to evaluate and compare our operating results, including our return on capital and operating efficiency from period-to-period by making such adjustments. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA is used as a performance metric for share-based compensation.

    Adjusted EBITDA is provided in addition to, and should not be considered to be a substitute for, or superior to, net income, the most comparable measure under GAAP for Adjusted EBITDA. Further, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to revenue growth, net income, diluted earnings per share or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider such measures either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP.

    The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to Net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP financial measure:

        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
        June 30,    June 30, 
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Net income (loss)   $ 219,454     $ (84,449 )   $ (76,913 )   $ 127,328  
    Interest income     (3,334 )     (8,466 )     (6,731 )     (16,655 )
    Interest expense     6,093       314       8,401       698  
    Income tax expense (benefit)     320       55       757       33  
    Depreciation and amortization     83,197       37,326       161,123       69,669  
    EBITDA     305,730       (55,220 )     86,637       181,073  
                             
    Adjustments:                        
    Stock-based compensation expense     30,120       32,135       59,696       64,135  
    Acquisition-related costs     111             187        
    Change in fair value of derivative asset     42,747       (27,484 )     853       (47,716 )
    Change in fair value of contingent consideration     (9,390 )           (17,642 )      
    Loss (gain) on equity method investment – marketable securities     (6,143 )     (24,462 )     57,095       (24,462 )
    Loss (gain) on sale/exchange of equipment     350       68       479       68  
    Casualty-related charges (recoveries), net     (119 )     (187 )     (119 )     (2,487 )
    Loss on contract settlement     158,137             158,137        
    Gain on acquisition post-close dispute settlement     (26,007 )           (26,007 )      
    Other (income) expense     (244 )     (33 )     (337 )     (41 )
    License fees     (24 )     (24 )     (48 )     (48 )
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 495,268     $ (75,207 )   $ 318,931     $ 170,522  
     

    The Company defines Cost to Mine as the cost to mine one Bitcoin, excluding Bitcoin miner depreciation, as calculated in the table below.

        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
        June 30,    June 30, 
        2025   2024   2025   2024
    Cost of power for self-mining operations   $ 62,170       $ 26,465       $ 123,999       $ 54,463    
    Other direct cost of revenue for self-mining operations(1)(2), excluding bitcoin miner depreciation     16,005         8,810         28,994         17,361    
    Cost of revenue for self-mining operations, excluding bitcoin miner depreciation     78,175         35,275         152,993         71,824    
    Less: power curtailment credits(3)     (8,313 )       (13,897 )       (16,114 )       (19,028 )  
    Cost of revenue for self-mining operations, net of power curtailment credits, excluding bitcoin miner depreciation     69,862         21,378         136,879         52,796    
    Bitcoin miner depreciation(4)(5)     60,252         26,377         117,314         48,816    
    Cost of revenue for self-mining operations, net of power curtailment credits, including bitcoin miner depreciation   $ 130,114       $ 47,755       $ 254,193       $ 101,612    
                                     
    Quantity of bitcoin mined     1,426         844         2,956         2,208    
    Production value of one bitcoin mined(6)   $ 98,800       $ 66,069       $ 95,991       $ 57,591    
                                     
    Cost to mine one bitcoin, excluding bitcoin miner depreciation   $ 48,992       $ 25,329       $ 46,305       $ 23,911    
    Cost to mine one bitcoin, excluding bitcoin miner depreciation, as a % of production value of one bitcoin mined     49.6   %   38.3   %   48.2   %   41.5   %
                                     
    Cost to mine one bitcoin, including bitcoin miner depreciation   $ 91,244       $ 56,582       $ 85,992       $ 46,020    
    Cost to mine one bitcoin, including bitcoin miner depreciation, as a % of production value of one bitcoin mined     92.4   %   85.6   %   89.6   %   79.9   %
                                     
    (1)  Other direct cost of revenue includes compensation, insurance, repairs, and ground lease rent and related property tax.                  
                                     
    (2) During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, we paid cash of approximately $92.3 million and $190.9 million, respectively, in total deposits and payments for the purchase of miners. Costs to finance the purchase of miners were zero in all periods presented as the miners were paid for with cash from the Company’s cash balance. The seller did not provide any financing nor did the Company borrow from a third-party to purchase the miners.
                                     
    (3) Power curtailment credits are credited against our power invoices as a result of temporarily pausing our operations to participate in ERCOT’s Demand Response Service Programs. Our fixed-price power purchase contracts enable us to strategically curtail our mining operations and participate in these programs, which significantly lower our cost to mine bitcoin. These credits are recognized outside of cost of revenue in Power curtailment credits on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, but they significantly reduce our overall cost to mine bitcoin.
                                     
    (4) We capitalize the acquisition cost of our miners and include these costs in Property and equipment, net on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The miners are depreciated over an estimated useful life of three years, during which time the miners are expected to generate bitcoin revenue. We do not consider depreciation expense in determining whether it is economical to operate our miners since depreciation is a non-cash expense and is not a variable operating cost that can be avoided even if we curtail operations temporarily. Depreciation expense incurred is disclosed for each respective period in the table above.
                                     
    (5) The following table presents the future depreciation expense of all of our bitcoin miners:                          
                                     
    Remainder of 2025                               125,435  
    2026                               209,009  
    2027                               150,214  
    2028                               15,198  
    Total                             $ 499,856  
                                     
    (6)  Computed as revenue recognized from bitcoin mined divided by the quantity of bitcoin mined during the same period.                  
                       

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/b7dca734-235b-4d1a-92de-b5e4353c92ab

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Trupanion to Participate in the Canaccord Genuity 45th Annual Growth Conference

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SEATTLE, July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Trupanion, Inc. (Nasdaq: TRUP), a leader in medical insurance for cats and dogs, announced today that Margi Tooth, Chief Executive Officer and President, will participate in a fireside chat at the Canaccord Genuity 45th Annual Growth Conference in Boston, Massachusetts on Wednesday, August 13, 2025 at 9:30 a.m. ET and will participate in meetings with investors throughout the day.

    The presentation will be webcast live and can be accessed on Trupanion’s Investor Relations website at http://investors.trupanion.com.

    About Trupanion

    Trupanion is a leader in medical insurance for cats and dogs throughout the United States, Canada, and certain countries in Continental Europe with over 1,000,000 pets currently enrolled. For over two decades, Trupanion has given pet owners peace of mind so they can focus on their pet’s recovery, not financial stress. Trupanion is committed to providing pet parents with the highest value in pet medical insurance with unlimited payouts for the life of their pets. With its patented process, Trupanion is the only North American provider with the technology to pay veterinarians directly in seconds at the time of checkout. Trupanion is listed on NASDAQ under the symbol “TRUP”. The company was founded in 2000 and is headquartered in Seattle, WA. Trupanion policies are issued, in the United States, by its wholly owned insurance entity American Pet Insurance Company and, in Canada, by Accelerant Insurance Company of Canada or GPIC Insurance Company. Policies are sold and administered in Canada by Canada Pet Health Insurance Services, Inc. dba Trupanion 309-1277 Lynn Valley Road, North Vancouver, BC V7J 0A2 and in the United States by Trupanion Managers USA, Inc. (CA license No. 0G22803, NPN 9588590). Canada Pet Health Insurance Services, Inc. is a registered damage insurance agency and claims adjuster in Quebec #603927. For more information, please visit trupanion.com.

    Contacts 

    Laura Bainbridge, Senior Vice President, Corporate Communications
    Gil Melchior, Director, Investor Relations
    Investor.Relations@trupanion.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Ambiq Announces Closing of its Upsized Initial Public Offering and Full Exercise of Underwriters’ Option to Purchase Additional Shares

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    AUSTIN, Texas, July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Ambiq Micro, Inc. (“Ambiq”), a technology leader in ultra-low-power semiconductor solutions for edge AI, today announced the closing of its upsized initial public offering of 4,600,000 shares of its common stock, including the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 600,000 additional shares, at a public offering price of $24.00 per share. The gross proceeds to Ambiq from the offering, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses payable by Ambiq, were $110.4 million. The shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “AMBQ” on July 30, 2025.

    BofA Securities and UBS Investment Bank acted as joint lead book-running managers for the offering. Needham & Company and Stifel acted as joint book-running managers for the offering.

    A registration statement relating to the offering of securities was declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on July 29, 2025. The offering was made only by means of a prospectus. Copies of the final prospectus relating to the offering may be obtained by contacting: BofA Securities, NC1-022-02-25, 201 North Tryon Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255-0001, Attention: Prospectus Department, or by email at dg.prospectus_requests@bofa.com or UBS Securities LLC, Attention: Prospectus Department, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, by telephone at (888) 827-7275 or by emailing ol-prospectus-request@ubs.com.

    This press release shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy these securities, nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state or other jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to the registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state or other jurisdiction.

    About Ambiq

    Ambiq’s mission is to enable intelligence (artificial intelligence (AI) and beyond) everywhere by delivering the lowest power semiconductor solutions. Ambiq enables its customers to deliver AI compute at the edge where power consumption challenges are the most severe. Ambiq’s technology innovations, built on the patented and proprietary subthreshold power optimized technology (SPOT®), fundamentally deliver a multi-fold improvement in power consumption over traditional semiconductor designs. Ambiq has powered over 270 million devices to date.

    Contact

    IR
    Shelton Group
    sheltonir@sheltongroup.com
    +1 972-239-5119

    PR
    Charlene Wan 
    VP of Corporate Marketing
    cwan@ambiq.com

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/16427c9e-307a-4d98-a6be-02324412ac0d

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: $HAREHOLDER ALERT: The M&A Class Action Firm Announces An Investigation of CyberArk Software Ltd. (NASDAQ: CYBR)

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Class Action Attorney Juan Monteverde with Monteverde & Associates PC (the “M&A Class Action Firm”), has recovered millions of dollars for shareholders and is recognized as a Top 50 Firm in the 2024 ISS Securities Class Action Services Report. The firm is headquartered at the Empire State Building in New York City and is investigating CyberArk Software Ltd. (NASDAQ: CYBR) related to its sale to Palo Alto Networks for $45.00 in cash and 2.2005 shares of Palo Alto common stock for each CyberArk share. Is it a fair deal?

    Click here for more info https://monteverdelaw.com/case/cyberark-software-ltd/. It is free and there is no cost or obligation to you.

    NOT ALL LAW FIRMS ARE EQUAL. Before you hire a law firm, you should talk to a lawyer and ask:

    1. Do you file class actions and go to Court?
    2. When was the last time you recovered money for shareholders?
    3. What cases did you recover money in and how much?

    About Monteverde & Associates PC

    Our firm litigates and has recovered money for shareholders…and we do it from our offices in the Empire State Building. We are a national class action securities firm with a successful track record in trial and appellate courts, including the U.S. Supreme Court. 

    No one is above the law. If you own common stock in the above listed company and have concerns or wish to obtain additional information free of charge, please visit our website or contact Juan Monteverde, Esq. either via e-mail at jmonteverde@monteverdelaw.com or by telephone at (212) 971-1341.

    Contact:
    Juan Monteverde, Esq.
    MONTEVERDE & ASSOCIATES PC
    The Empire State Building
    350 Fifth Ave. Suite 4740
    New York, NY 10118
    United States of America
    jmonteverde@monteverdelaw.com
    Tel: (212) 971-1341

    Attorney Advertising. (C) 2025 Monteverde & Associates PC. The law firm responsible for this advertisement is Monteverde & Associates PC (www.monteverdelaw.com).  Prior results do not guarantee a similar outcome with respect to any future matter.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-Evening Report: A Hawaiian epic made in NZ: why Jason Momoa’s Chief of War wasn’t filmed in its star’s homeland

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Duncan Caillard, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, School of Communication Studies, Auckland University of Technology

    Jason Momoa’s historical epic Chief of War, launching August 1 on Apple TV+, is a triumph of Hawaiians telling their own stories – despite the fact their film and TV production industry now struggles to be viable.

    The series stars Momoa (Aquaman, Game of Thrones) as Kaʻaina, an ali’i (chief) who fights for – and later rises against – King Kamehameha I during the bloody reunification of Hawaii.

    Already receiving advance praise, the nine-episode first season co-stars New Zealand actors Temeura Morrison, Cliff Curtis and Luciane Buchanan, alongside Hawaiian actors Kaina Makua, Brandon Finn and Moses Goods.

    A passion project for Momoa, the Hawaiian star co-created the series with writer Thomas Pa’a Sibbett after years in development. With a reported budget of US$340 million, it is one of the most expensive television series ever produced.

    It is also a milestone in Kānaka Maoli (Native Hawaiian) representation onscreen. Controversially, however, the production only spent a month in Hawaiʻi, and was mostly shot in New Zealand with non-Hawaiian crews.

    Momoa has even expressed an interest in New Zealand citizenship, but the choice of location is more a reflection of the troubled state of the film industry in Hawaiʻi. On the other hand, it is a measure of the success of the New Zealand screen industry, with potential lessons for other countries in the Pacific.

    Ea o Moʻolelo – story sovereignty

    Set at the turn of the 19th century, Chief of War tells the moʻolelo (story, history) of King Kamehameha I’s conquest of the archipelago.

    Hawaiʻi was historically governed by aliʻi nui (high chiefs), and each island was ruled independently. Motivated by the threat of European colonisation and empowered by Western weaponry, Kamehameha established the Hawaiian Kingdom, culminating in full unification in 1810.

    The series is an important example of what authors Dean Hamer and Kumu Hinaleimoana Wong-Kalu have called “Ea o Moʻolelo”, or story sovereignty, which emphasises Indigenous peoples’ right to control their own narrative by respecting the “the inalienable right of a story to its own unique contents, style and purpose”.

    Chief of War is also the biggest Hawaiian television series ever produced. Although Hawaiʻi remains a popular setting onscreen, these productions have rarely involved Hawaiians in key decision-making roles.

    Sea of troubles

    The series hits screens at a time of major disruption in Hollywood, with streaming services upending established business models.

    “Linear” network television faces declining viewership and advertising revenue. Movie studios struggle to draw audiences to theatres. The consequences for workers in the the industry have been severe, as the 2023 writers strike showed.

    Those changes have had a catastrophic impact on the Hawaiʻi film industry, too.

    Long a popular location – Hawaii Five-O (1968-1980, 2010-2020), Magnum P.I. (1980-1988, 2018-2024) and Lost (2004-2010) were all shot on location in Hawaiʻi – it is an expensive place to film.

    Actors, crew and production equipment often have to be flown in from the continental United States, and producers compete with tourism for costly accommodation.

    Kaina Makua as King Kamehameha and New Zealand actor Luciane Buchanan as Ka’ahumanu in Chief of War.
    Apple TV+

    An industry in transition

    These are not uncommon problems in distant locations, and many governments try to attract screen productions through tax incentives and rebates on portions of the production costs.

    New Zealand, for example, offers a 20-25% rebate for international productions and 40% for local productions. Hawaiʻi offers a 22-27% rebate.

    But this is less than other US states offer, such as Georgia (30%), Louisiana (40%) and New Mexico (40%). Hawaiʻi also has an annual cap of US$50 million on rebates.

    To make things even harder, Hawaiʻi offers only limited support for Indigenous filmmakers. Governments in Australia and New Zealand provide targeted funding and support for Aboriginal, Torres Strait Islander and Māori filmmakers.

    By contrast, the Hawaiʻi Film Commission doesn’t provide direct grants to local filmmakers or producers (Indigenous or otherwise). Small amounts of government funding have been administered through the Public Broadcasting Service, but this is now in jeopardy after US President Donald Trump recently cut federal funding.

    The Hawaiʻi screen industry faces a perfect storm. For the first time since 2004, film and TV production has ground to a halt. Many workers now doubt the long-term sustainability of their careers.

    Lessons from Aotearoa NZ

    While there are lessons Hawaiʻi legislators and industry leaders could learn from New Zealand’s example, there should also be a measure of caution.

    The Hawaiʻi tax credit system is out of date. But despite industry lobbying, legislation to update it failed to reach the floor of the legislature earlier this year. New tax settings would help make local production viable again.

    Secondly, decades of investment in Māori cinema have seen it become diverse, engaging and creatively accomplished. Hawaiʻi could benefit from greater direct investment in Hawaiian storytelling, respecting its cultural value even if it doesn’t turn a commercial profit.

    On the other hand, New Zealand has a favourable currency exchange rate with the US which can’t be replicated in Hawaiʻi. And New Zealand film production workers have seen their rights to unionise watered down compared to their American peers.

    But if Hawaiʻi can get its settings right, a possible second season of Chief of War may yet be filmed there, which could mark a genuine rejuvenation of its own film industry.

    Duncan Caillard does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. A Hawaiian epic made in NZ: why Jason Momoa’s Chief of War wasn’t filmed in its star’s homeland – https://theconversation.com/a-hawaiian-epic-made-in-nz-why-jason-momoas-chief-of-war-wasnt-filmed-in-its-stars-homeland-261742

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-Evening Report: Shark tales, a sinking city and a breathless cop thriller: what to watch in August

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Alexa Scarlata, Lecturer, Digital Communication, RMIT University

    As the cool nights continue, it’s the perfect time to cozy up with a new batch of captivating films and series.

    This month’s streaming highlights bring a little bit of everything, from gripping true crime, to thought-provoking political drama, and a nostalgic music documentary on the life and times of piano man Billy Joel.

    So grab a blanket (and maybe a snack or two). Your next binge-watch awaits.

    One Night in Idaho: The College Murders

    Prime Video

    I remember seeing the gruesome 2022 murder of four college students in Moscow, Idaho, splashed all over the news in Australia. The world seemed momentarily gripped by the brutality of the killings, which happened in off-campus housing, while two other roommates slept downstairs.

    The ensuing investigation was given significantly less attention, though. So when Prime Video dropped this four-episode limited series, well, that was my weekend sorted.

    The docuseries features exclusive interviews with the friends and families of the victims, so it doesn’t feel gratuitous. It respectfully recounts the tragedy and explores its continued impact, while honouring the victims. It also builds the kind of tension and disquiet that is so beloved in the true crime genre, but not in a way that makes you feel gross watching it.

    Notably, legal proceedings for the case were still underway when One Night in Idaho was released. And the series made it clear there was more to the story which couldn’t be shared with, or by, the producers.

    However, the trial has since concluded, with more information now available for anyone wanting to dive deeper into the case. This makes the series an absorbing watch.

    – Alexa Scarlata

    The Night of the Hunter

    Various platforms

    In 1955, director Charles Laughton crafted The Night of the Hunter: one of the darkest, strangest fairy tales ever to come out of Hollywood.

    Shortly before Ben Harper is hanged for robbing a bank and killing two men, he hides the $10,000 loot in the toy doll of his young daughter Pearl. Only Pearl and her brother John know the secret – until the deranged serial killer-priest Harry Powell hears about the money and sets out to recover it.

    Harry marries Willa, Harper’s widow, and then, after killing her, pursues John and Pearl relentlessly across West Virginia.

    Robert Mitchum’s depiction of pure evil is one of cinema’s most vivid creations, with LOVE and HATE tattooed on the fingers of each hand.

    The film did not align with the mainstream tastes of the era. Audiences and reviewers didn’t know what to make of this abnormal mix of fairy tale logic, nightmarish imagery and biblical allegory.

    Successive generations of critics and filmmakers have caught on to its brilliance. Critic Roger Ebert said it was “one of the greatest of all American films”. In 2008, French film magazine Cahiers du cinéma voted it as the second-best film of all time, behind only Citizen Kane (1941).

    The Night of the Hunter remains unsettlingly modern, 70 years on.

    Ben McCann




    Read more:
    After 70 years, twisted gothic thriller The Night of the Hunter remains as disturbing and beguiling as ever


    Families Like Ours

    SBS On Demand

    The highest point in Denmark, Mollehoj, is 171 metres above sea level, so it is plausible to imagine the whole country being overrun by water due to rising sea levels, leading to mass evacuation. This is the basic premise of the Danish series Families Like Ours.

    The cleverness of this premise is that it turns comfortable middle-class Danes into refugees, facing hostility, poverty and violence as they seek to resettle. Given Denmark’s hard line on refugees, this makes the series politically powerful, equally so for us in Australia.

    The central figure is a young woman, Laura (Amaryllis August), who creates disaster for her family through what she believes is an act of huge empathy. The same is true of Henrik (Magnus Millang), who shoots an innocent man in what he believes is an act of self-defence.

    Families Like Ours is not a comfortable series to watch, but it manages to raise central issues of our time, without ever seeming didactic or preachy. It succeeds in combining the personal and the political in a six-part show that is powerful – and leaves enough loose ends for a potential second season.

    – Dennis Altman

    The Man from Hong Kong

    Various platforms

    A cinematic firecracker of a film exploded onto international screens 50 years ago, blending martial arts mayhem, Bond-esque set pieces, casual racism – and a distinctly Australian swagger.

    From its audacious visual style; to its complex, life-threatening stunts; to its pioneering status as an international co-production, Brian Trenchard-Smith’s The Man from Hong Kong has solidified its place as a cult classic.

    A Sydney-based crime lord’s activities come under the scrutiny of a determined Hong Kong detective, Inspector Fang Sing Leng. A fiery East-meets-West martial arts showdown explodes across the Australian landscape, pushing both sides to their limits.

    The movie is a playful pastiche that confidently combines martial arts action, police procedurals, spy thrillers, and Westerns, all filtered through a distinctly Australian “crash-zoom” lens.

    The film was an influence to Quentin Tarantino and paved the way for films such as Mad Max (1979), particularly in what Trenchard-Smith and his partner in film, stunt legend Grant Page, might call its “cunning stunts”.

    The elaborate car chases and explosive stunt setups in The Man from Hong Kong served as prototypes for iconic sequences that would inspire the Mad Max films, among others, a testament to a bygone era of practical effects and thrill seeking audacity.

    The Man from Hong Kong remains an exhilarating piece of pure cinema, despite its relatively small budget. It’s an exemplar (and occasional cautionary tale) for filmmakers in terms of international co-production, its cunning stunts, and genre blending.

    – Gregory Ferris




    Read more:
    The Man from Hong Kong at 50: how the first ever Australian–Hong Kong co-production became a cult classic


    Dept Q

    Netflix

    Based on the book series by Jussi Adler-Olsen, Dept Q is a gripping television adaptation for fans of Nordic noir and British crime drama.

    In Edinburgh, Scotland, Detective Chief Inspector Carl Morck (Matthew Goode) has returned to work after a shooting which left him physically and psychologically wounded, his colleague partially paralysed, and another colleague dead.

    With the dregs of a budget assigned to cold cases, and a team of misfit officers, Morck sets out to solve the four-year-old case of missing Crown prosecutor, Merritt Lingard (Chloe Pirrie).

    We follow Merritt’s story across various stages of her life. We see her as a teenager in the lead-up to a devastating crime that left her brother with a traumatic brain injury, as well as later in life, when she loses a major case involving a wealthy man on trial for his wife’s death.

    Shortly after the devastating verdict, Merritt went missing on a ferry ride to her childhood home, on the fictionalised island of Mhòr. Returning to the present, we see she has been held captive inside a hyperbaric chamber for the past four years.

    The pressure under which Merritt is kept makes Morck’s investigation high stakes from the start, while the movement between past and present highlights the impacts of past traumatic events on both characters.

    Dept Q is a fast-paced, breathless thriller which will leave viewers craving its rumoured second season.

    – Jessica Gildersleeve

    Billy Joel: And So It Goes

    HBO Max

    Produced by Tom Hanks, this two-part documentary about singer/songwriter Billy Joel covers more than five decades of music. Created very much from Joel’s perspective, who is also the main narrator, the archival content is fascinating, and the music difficult to deny.

    Discussion of Joel’s early suicide attempts are a shocking and terrible reminder of how different things might have been. From here, the role of the women in his life – his wives, daughters, and mother (“his champion”) – becomes vital. Beyond the headlines (particularly with his second wife Christie Brinkley), are partners who were muses, business supporters and emotional support pillars – some of whom gave Joel ultimatums when the time came to battle his alcohol addiction.

    Brinkley, as well as Joel’s first wife, Elizabeth Weber, are particularly moving interviewees. They would wait at home, or stand nervously backstage as Joel “went to work” to earn, repair and rebuild against the odds. No spoilers, but let’s just say Joel ended up in trouble more than once.

    On the other hand, the men in Joel’s life are often distant: Jewish grandparents who escaped Nazi Germany; a father who left when Joel was small; a half-brother discovered later in life. These losses are never really healed.

    Billy Joel: And So It Goes is a five-hour epic, a story of survival and ultimately, of peace. It is, of course, also a reminder of an incredible catalogue of music – joyful, ordinary and wonderful – and the extraordinary life behind it.

    – Liz Giuffre

    If you or someone you know needs help, contact Lifeline on 13 11 14

    Gardening Australia, season 36

    ABC iView

    Since it first aired in 1990, Gardening Australia has offered tips and inspiration from every state and territory on a weekly basis. A perennial favourite, the show seems to possess perpetual appeal for world-weary viewers open to slowing down by growing plants.

    The no-nonsense host Peter Cundall helmed the series until 2008 (Cundall died in 2021 at the age of 94). The honour of “King of Compost” now rests with the gregarious Costa Georgiadis, and a wider cast of presenters that has expanded to be more diverse and engaging. One stalwart from the start, Jane Edmanson, is still flourishing in season 36: her episode 4 segment titled “Fronds with Benefits” certainly caught my eye.

    Topics covered this season range from small-space innovation and passion projects, to Indigenous knowledge and bush foods, through to permaculture and climate change. Episodes 6 and 20 – specials on native plants and NAIDOC Week, respectively – are both worth a watch.

    While the series can distance renters, and might not be edgy enough for younger audiences, it has managed to stake out ground in the digital realm – with a blooming online presence for budding green thumbs.

    One of the longest-running Australian shows still on air, it doesn’t look as though Gardening Australia will be pulling up roots anytime soon.

    – Phoebe Hart

    The Buccaneers, season two

    Apple TV

    Loosen your corsets, The Buccaneers is back for a second season of feminist sisterhood and fabulous gowns.

    Adapted from Edith Wharton’s unfinished final novel, the series follows a group of outspoken young American women navigating the marriage market in 1870s Victorian England. Gleefully anachronistic with feisty girl power speeches and a contemporary pop music soundtrack, The Buccaneers is equal parts Bridgerton and Gossip Girl (complete with a character played by Leighton Meester).

    Season two picks up where the first left off, with Jinny (Imogen Waterhouse) and Guy (Matthew Broome) fleeing the country to escape Jinny’s violent husband Lord James Seadown (Barney Fishwick).

    Meanwhile, sister Nan (Kristine Froseth) is busy back home leveraging her position as Duchess of Tintagel to help facilitate Jinny’s return – a campaign that includes wearing a showstopping red gown to a black and white ball. In keeping with the series’ M.O., this might be narrative nonsense, but it looks exquisite.

    While trysts and love triangles continue to provide escapist entertainment, Jinny’s abusive marriage dominates later episodes. If season one sought to expose the isolation and entrapment Jinny endured in her marriage, season two foregrounds her resistance in the face of it, intent on highlighting how perpetrators of violence manipulate legal and medical systems to tighten the noose around victims’ necks.

    Season two’s veering between frothy excess and melodrama arguably results in some tonal patchiness. Nonetheless, it should be commended for its careful treatment of the corrosive impacts and dangers of coercive control. This – more than the downloadable soundtrack and dazzling costumes – makes it good viewing.

    – Rachel Williamson

    Dangerous Animals

    Prime Video

    Dangerous Animals is perhaps the most original and entertaining shark horror film we have seen since Jaws – incorporating traditional elements of the shark thriller genre, while challenging them at the same time.

    The film starts with the primal fear of being eaten alive by monstrous sharks, with gruesome shock-thrill scenes of tourists being torn apart in a blood red ocean.

    But later, the narrative reminds us it is the boat captain, not the great white, who is the real sadistic killer. Predictably, we see a young bikini-clad woman who gets horribly dismembered (just like the first unforgettable victim in Jaws).

    However, it is also a fearless bikini-clad woman, Zephyr (Hassie Harrison) who turns the tables on the boat captain, outwits him, rescues her boyfriend and even makes friends with the shark.

    Dangerous Animals includes some interesting subtext and commentary, such as when it compares women to fish – creatures hunted for sport – and when it highlights the inherent cruelty of fishing, and the hook that impales the prey.

    The film delivers sophisticated special effects and gruesome eco-horror entertainment. It is a fun, self-aware and postmodern watch that will leave you thinking.

    The Australian influence is delightfully evident in the irreverent humour. And for anyone who has been to the Gold Coast, there is much pleasure in seeing the film play out across its iconic locations.

    This film will trigger your childhood fear of Jaws – but with a twist.

    – Susan Hopkins

    Shark Whisperer

    Netflix

    In Shark Whisperer, the great white shark gets an image makeover – from Jaws villain to misunderstood friend and admirer.

    However the star of the documentary is not so much the shark, but the model and marine conservationist Ocean Ramsey (yes, that’s her real name).

    The film centres on Ramsey’s self-growth journey, with the shark co-starring as a quasi-spiritual medium for finding meaning and purpose (not to mention celebrity status).

    Whisperer and the Ocean Ramsey website tap into the collective fascination with dangerous sharks fuelled by popular culture. Many online images show Ramsey in a bikini or touching sharks – she’s small, and vulnerable in the face of great whites. As with forms of celebrity humanitarianism, what I have dubbed “sexy conservationism” leaves itself open to criticism about its methods – even if its intentions are good.

    Globally at least 80 million sharks are killed every year. Thanks in part to the hashtag activism of Ocean Ramsey and her millions of fans and followers, Hawaii was the first state in the United States to outlaw shark fishing.

    So, Ramsey may be right to argue her ends justify the means.

    – Susan Hopkins




    Read more:
    Netflix’s Shark Whisperer wants us to think ‘sexy conservation’ is the way to save sharks – does it have a point?


    The authors do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Shark tales, a sinking city and a breathless cop thriller: what to watch in August – https://theconversation.com/shark-tales-a-sinking-city-and-a-breathless-cop-thriller-what-to-watch-in-august-261952

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-Evening Report: Rockabye baby: the ‘love songs’ of lonely leopard seals resemble human nursery rhymes

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Lucinda Chambers, PhD Candidate in Marine Bioacoustics, UNSW Sydney

    CassandraSm/Shutterstock

    Late in the evening, the Antarctic sky flushes pink. The male leopard seal wakes and slips from the ice into the water. There, he’ll spend the night singing underwater amongst the floating ice floes.

    For the next two months he sings every night. He will sing so loudly, the ice around him vibrates. Each song is a sequence of trills and hoots, performed in a particular pattern.

    In a world first, we analysed leopard seal songs and found the predictability of their patterns was remarkably similar to the nursery rhymes humans sing.

    We think this is a deliberate strategy. While leopard seals are solitary animals, the males need their call to carry clearly across vast stretches of icy ocean, to woo a mate.

    Solitary leopard seals want their call to carry.
    Ozge Elif Kizil/Anadolu Agency via Getty Images

    A season of underwater solos

    Leopard seals (Hydrurga leptonyx) are named after their spotted coats. They live on ice and surrounding waters in Antarctica.

    Leopard seals are especially vocal during breeding season, which lasts from late October to early January. A female leopard seal sings for a few hours on the days she is in heat. But the males are the real showstoppers.

    Each night, the males perform underwater solos for up to 13 hours. They dive into the sea, singing underwater for about two minutes before returning to the water’s surface to breathe and rest. This demanding routine continues for weeks.

    A male leopard seal weighs about 320 kilograms, but produces surprisingly high-pitched trills, similar to those of a tiny cricket.

    Within a leopard seal population, the sounds themselves don’t vary much in pitch or duration. But the order and pattern in which the sounds are produced varies considerably between individuals.

    Our research examined these individual songs. We compared them to that of other vocal animals, and to human music.

    Listening to songs from the sea

    The data used in the study was collected by one author of this article, Tracey Rogers, in the 1990s.

    Rogers rode her quad bike across the Antarctic ice to the edge of the sea and marked 26 individual male seals with dye as they slept. Then she returned to record their songs at night.

    The new research involved analysing these recordings, to better understand their structure and patterns. We did this by measuring the “entropy” of their sequences. Entropy measures how predictable or random a sequence is.

    We found the songs are composed of five key “notes” or call types. Listen to each one below.

    A low double trill.
    Tracey Rogers UNSW Sydney, CC BY-SA28.5 KB (download)

    A hoot with low single trill.
    Tracey Rogers UNSW Sydney, CC BY-SA53.8 KB (download)

    High double trill.
    Tracey Rogers UNSW Sydney, CC BY-SA29.7 KB (download)

    Low descending single trill.
    Tracey Rogers UNSW Sydney, CC BY-SA49 KB (download)

    Medium single trill.
    Tracey Rogers UNSW Sydney, CC BY-SA22.7 KB (download)

    A remarkably predictable pattern

    We then compared the songs of the male leopard seals with several styles of human music: baroque, classical, romantic and contemporary, as well as songs by The Beatles and nursery rhymes.

    What stood out was the similarity between the predictability of human nursery rhymes and leopard seal calls. Nursery rhymes are simple, repetitive and easy to remember — and that’s what we heard in the leopard seal songs.

    The range of “entropy” was similar to the 39 nursery rhymes from the Golden Song Book, a collection of words and sheet music for classic children’s songs, which was first published in 1945. It includes classics such:

    • Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star
    • Frère Jacques
    • Ring Around a Rosy
    • Baa, Baa, Black Sheep
    • Humpty Dumpty
    • Three Blind Mice
    • Rockabye Baby.

    For humans, the predictable structure of a nursery rhyme melody helps make it simple enough for a child to learn. For a leopard seal, this predictability may enable the individual to learn its song and keep singing it over multiple days. This consistency is important, because changes in pitch or frequency can create miscommunication.

    Like sperm whales, leopard seals may also use song to set themselves apart from others and signal their fitness to reproduce. The greater structure in the songs helps ensure listeners accurately receive the message and identify who is singing.

    Male leopard seals produce high-pitched cricket-like trills.

    An evolving song?

    Leopard seals sound very different to humans. But our research shows the complexity and structure of their songs is remarkably similar to our own nursery rhymes.

    Communication through song is a very common animal behaviour. However, structure and predictability in mammal song has only been studied in a handful of species. We know very little about what drives it.

    Understanding animal communication is important. It can improve conservation efforts and animal welfare, and provide important information about animal cognition and evolution.

    Technology has advanced rapidly since our recordings were made in the 1990s. In future, we hope to revisit Antarctica to record and study further, to better understand if new call types have emerged, and if patterns of leopard seal song evolve from generation to generation.

    Tracey Rogers receives funding from ARC.

    Lucinda Chambers does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Rockabye baby: the ‘love songs’ of lonely leopard seals resemble human nursery rhymes – https://theconversation.com/rockabye-baby-the-love-songs-of-lonely-leopard-seals-resemble-human-nursery-rhymes-262113

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-Evening Report: Industrial-scale deepfake abuse caused a crisis in South Korean schools. Here’s how Australia can avoid the same fate

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Joel Scanlan, Senior Lecturer in Health Information Management, University of Tasmania

    South Korea’s deepfake crisis triggered a wave of protests in 2024. Anthony WALLACE / AFP

    Australian schools are seeing a growing number of incidents in which students have created deepfake sexualised imagery of their classmates. The eSafety Commissioner has urged schools to monitor the situation.

    In 2024, the problem of deepfakes became a crisis in South Korea: more than 500 schools and universities were targeted in a coordinated wave of deepfake sexual abuse.

    AI-generated sexualised images of students — mostly girls — were circulated in encrypted Telegram groups. The perpetrators were often classmates of the victims.

    A new report from global child-protection group ECPAT with funding from the UK-based Churchill Fellowship takes a close look at what happened in Korea, so other countries can understand and avoid similar crises. Here’s what Australia can learn.

    A glimpse into our future?

    The events in South Korea were not just about deepfake technology. They were about how the technology was used.

    Perpetrators created groups on the Telegram messaging platform to identify mutual acquaintances in local schools or universities. They then formed “Humiliation Rooms” to gather victims’ photos and personal information so they could create deepfake sexual images.

    Rooms for more than 500 schools and universities have been identified, often with thousands of members. The rooms were filled with deepfake imagery, created from photos on social media and the school yearbook.

    Bots within the app allowed users to generate AI nudes in seconds. One such bot had more than 220,000 subscribers. The bot gave users two deepfake images for free, with additional images available for the equivalent of one Australian dollar.

    Telegram screenshots show an automated deepfake bot that charges users to produce images.
    Telegram

    This wasn’t the dark web. It was happening on a mainstream platform, used by millions.

    And it wasn’t just adult predators. More than 80% of those arrested were teenagers. Many were described as “normal boys” by their teachers — students who had never shown signs of violent behaviour before.

    The abuse was gamified. Users earned rewards for inviting friends, sharing images, and escalating the harm. It was social, yet anonymous.

    Could this happen in Australia?

    We have already seen smaller, less organised deepfake incidents in Australian schools. However, the huge scale and ease of use of the Korean abuse system should be cause for alarm.

    The Australian Centre to Counter Child Exploitation recorded 58,503 reports of pictures and videos of online child abuse in the 2023–24 financial year. This is an average of 160 reports per day (4,875 reports a month), a 45% increase from the previous year.

    This increase is likely to continue. In response to these risks, the Australian government, through the eSafety Commissioner, is applying the existing Basic Online Safety Expectations to generative AI services. This creates a clear expectation these services must work proactively to prevent the creation of harmful deepfake content.

    Internationally, the European Union’s AI Act has set a precedent for regulating high-risk AI applications, including those that affect children. In the United States, the proposed Take It Down Act aims to criminalise the publication of non-consensual intimate images, including AI-generated deepfakes.

    These are a start, but a lot more work remains to be done to provide a safe online environment for young people. The Korean experience shows how easily things can escalate when these tools are used at scale, especially in peer-to-peer abuse among adolescents.

    5 lessons from Korea

    The South Korean crisis holds several lessons for Australia.

    1. Prevention must start early. Korea’s crisis involved children as young as 12 (and even younger in some primary schools targeted). We need comprehensive digital ethics and consent education in primary schools, not just in high schools.

    2. Law enforcement needs AI tools of their own to keep up. Just as offenders are using AI to scale up abuse, police must be equipped with AI to detect and investigate it. This may include facial recognition, content detection, and automated triage systems, all governed by strict privacy protocols.

    3. Platforms must also be held accountable. Telegram only began cooperating with South Korean authorities after immense public pressure. Australia must enforce safety-by-design principles and ensure encrypted platforms are not safe havens for abuse.

    4. Support services must be scaled up. Korea’s crisis caused trauma for entire communities. Victims often had to continuing going to school with perpetrators in the same classrooms. Australia must invest in trauma-informed support systems that can respond to both individual and collective harm.

    5. We must listen to victims and survivors. Policy must be shaped by those who have experienced digital abuse. Their insights are crucial to designing effective and compassionate responses.

    The Korean crisis didn’t happen overnight. The warning signs were there: in 2023 Korea produced more than half the world’s celebrity deepfakes). This has been accompanied by rising misogyny online and the proliferation of AI tools. But they were ignored until it was too late. Australia mustn’t make the same mistake.

    Joel Scanlan does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Industrial-scale deepfake abuse caused a crisis in South Korean schools. Here’s how Australia can avoid the same fate – https://theconversation.com/industrial-scale-deepfake-abuse-caused-a-crisis-in-south-korean-schools-heres-how-australia-can-avoid-the-same-fate-262322

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-OSI USA News: Fact Sheet: President’s Council on Sports, Fitness, and Nutrition, and the Reestablishment of the Presidential Fitness Test

    Source: US Whitehouse

    RESTORING HEALTH AND FITNESS FOR AMERICA’S YOUTH: Today, President Donald J. Trump signed an Executive Order revitalizing the President’s Council on Sports, Fitness, and Nutrition, and reestablishing the Presidential Fitness Test.

    • The Order reestablishes the President’s Council on Sports, Fitness, and Nutrition to develop bold and innovative fitness goals for young Americans with the aim of fostering a new generation of healthy, active citizens.
    • The Order directs the Council to create school-based programs that reward excellence in physical education and develop criteria for a Presidential Fitness Award.
    • The Order reestablishes the Presidential Fitness Test, which shall be administered by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
    • This Order ensures American youth will have opportunities at the global, national, State, and local levels that emphasize the importance of an active lifestyle, good nutrition, American sports, and military readiness.
    • The Order instructs the Council to partner with professional athletes, sports organizations, and influential figures.

    MAINTAINING A STRONG AND VITAL AMERICA: President Trump is addressing the widespread epidemic of declining health and physical fitness with a time-tested approach celebrating the exceptionalism of America’s sports and fitness traditions.

    • Rates of obesity, chronic disease, inactivity, and poor nutrition are at crisis levels, particularly among our children.
    • These trends weaken our economy, military readiness, academic performance, and national morale.
    • President Eisenhower recognized this issue when he created the President’s Council on Youth Fitness in response to reports on the poor state of youth fitness in America.
    • President Trump is creating a national culture of strength, vitality, and excellence for the next generation by promoting the physical, mental, and civic benefits of exercise and good nutrition.

    MAKING AMERICA ACTIVE AGAIN: President Trump is taking action to end the nationwide health crisis and restore urgency in improving the health of all Americans.

    • In 2018, President Trump originally revitalized the Council, renaming it the “President’s Council on Sports, Fitness, and Nutrition.”
    • In 2019, The Trump Administration launched the National Youth Sports Strategy to unify U.S. youth sports culture around a shared vision that one day all youth will have the opportunity, motivation, and access to play sports.
    • In May 2025, President Trump proclaimed May 2025 as National Physical Fitness and Sports Month.
    • Over the next three years, America will host the Ryder Cup, the President’s Cup, the FIFA World Cup, and the Olympic Games –- the world’s premiere sporting competitions. 
    • In 2026, we will celebrate the 250th anniversary of our great Nation, honor the 70th anniversary of the original President’s Council on Youth Fitness, and showcase America’s continued global dominance in sports. 

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Brief Presentation Examines Potential August 13 Announcement of Elon Musk’s Starlink “Super-IPO”

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Baltimore, MD, July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — prediction released by tech entrepreneur James Altucher explores what he calls “a trillion-dollar technological revolution” involving Elon Musk’s Starlink network and predicts an announcement could arrive as soon as August 13, 2025.

    Evidence Mounts for a Historic Reveal

    The presentation outlines three pieces of what Altucher calls “smoking gun” evidence that Starlink is preparing for a major public move:

    1. Direct Comments from Elon Musk:
      Musk previously stated he planned to take Starlink public once its cash flow became predictable. “The company has now officially crossed that milestone,” Altucher states
    2. Financial Drivers:
      He then cites Barron’s coverage: “What Musk really needs is another publicly traded company that would allow him to unlock some of his wealth and take the pressure off Tesla”
    3. Bloomberg Reporting:
      Reports note that “SpaceX is discussing an initial public offering for its fast-growing Starlink satellite business as soon as late 2024… in a bid to capitalize on robust demand for communications via space”

    Altucher argues that these developments, combined with “a major industry conference scheduled for August 13, 2025,” point to what he calls “a likely venue for a historic announcement.”

    A Radical Shift in Global Internet Access

    The presentation highlights Starlink as a transformative leap in communications technology. Altucher describes it as “the radical new future of the internet” that beams “fast, reliable, unlimited internet through the air… directly to your device” without traditional networks or towers.

    “For consumers like you and I, Elon’s Starlink is a godsend… for the $2.18 trillion telecom industry, it’s their worst nightmare,” he states.

    Altucher suggests the technology could connect “billions of previously un-connected people” to the global economy, calling it “one of the greatest innovations of the 21st century.”

    Economic and Technological Stakes

    The briefing compares Starlink’s industry-disrupting potential to previous inflection points in internet history:

    • AOL’s early internet access, which “soared a rare, massive 81,844% in about seven years”
    • EarthLink’s DSL rollout, which “shot up 6,638% over the next three years”
    • Comcast’s cable internet expansion, where shares “catapulted 46,222%” between 1980 and 2017

    “These examples demonstrate the extreme, life-changing potential when you get into the right technology at the right time,” Altucher explains

    About James Altucher

    James Altucher is a tech entrepreneur, venture capitalist, and Wall Street Journal bestselling author known for identifying major technology shifts ahead of the curve. He has been recognized as “one of the best venture capitalists, angel investors, and tech entrepreneurs in the world.”

    Altucher was an early backer of companies such as TicketFly and Buddy Media and has been a public voice on breakthrough trends including video streaming, social media, and cryptocurrency. He is the founder of Altucher’s Investment Network and host of The James Altucher Show, downloaded more than 40 million times worldwide.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Senators Budd, Gillibrand, Lummis Introduce Bipartisan Bill to Stop Illegal Use of Digital Assets by Criminals and Terrorists

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator Ted Budd (R-North Carolina)

    Washington, D.C.—U.S. Senator Ted Budd (R-N.C.) was joined by Senators Kirsten Gillibrand (D-N.Y.) and Cynthia Lummis (R-Wyo.) in reintroducing the Financial Technology Protection Act. The bipartisan bill aims to address the illegal use of financial technologies and digital assets to prevent sanctions evasion, terrorist financing, and money laundering.

    “While financial technologies are driving innovation and expanding individual freedom, criminals and terrorists are exploiting digital assets – putting both our financial and national security at risk. We must take these threats seriously and work toward solutions that put a stop to this rampant criminal activity. I introduced the bipartisan Financial Technology Protection Act to do just that, because we cannot continue to ignore this illicit abuse or hinder this pro-growth technology. I urge my colleagues to support this legislation before these crimes and threats escalate further,” said Senator Budd.

    “As financial technology continues to evolve, we must ensure it strengthens, not threatens, our national security. The bipartisan Financial Technology Protection Act would establish an independent working group that brings together government agencies, regulators, and industry experts to proactively identify emerging risks and develop robust, innovative solutions. This collaborative discourse will ensure we can keep our financial systems safe while bolstering the United States’ leadership on digital asset innovation on the global stage. This bipartisan legislation has already passed the House four times, including a unanimous vote in House Financial Services earlier this month. I look forward to working with Senator Budd to advance it in the Senate,” said Senator Gillibrand.

    “Digital assets are the future of American financial innovation and it is critical that as we craft pro-growth legislation that we also maintain security standards. The Financial Technology Protection Act strikes the right balance of developing safeguards against illicit activities without stifling the innovation that makes our digital economy thrive. I am proud to join Senator Budd in securing America’s position as a leader in the digital asset space while protecting consumers and maintaining the integrity of our financial system,” said Senator Lummis.   

    Read the full bill text HERE.

    BACKGROUND 

    Financial Technology Protection Act:

    • Establishes an independent working group to combat terrorism and illicit financing, made up of:
      • Representatives from the following agencies: Department of the Treasury, Office of Terrorism and Financial Intelligence, Internal Revenue Service, Department of Justice, Federal Bureau of Investigation, Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Secret Service, Office of the Director of National Intelligence, and Drug Enforcement Administration.
      • Private sector participation from: Financial Technology Companies, Blockchain Intelligence Companies, Financial Institutions, Research Organizations, and Privacy and Civil Liberties Organizations.

    Senator Budd’s legislation was included in the Senate’s market structure bill, led by Senate Subcommittee on Digital Assets Chair Lummis. This legislative package will provide the crypto industry with the regulatory certainty needed to unlock new investments and innovation.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Senators Coons, Tillis, colleagues introduce framework to combat foreign online piracy, protect American copyright holders

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Delaware Christopher Coons

    WASHINGTON – Today, U.S. Senators Chris Coons (D-Del.), Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), Marsha Blackburn (R-Tenn.), and Adam Schiff (D-Calif.) introduced a discussion draft of the Block Bad Electronic Art and Recording Distributors (Block BEARD) Act of 2025, bipartisan legislation that would allow copyright owners who have had their property stolen to seek U.S. federal court action in order to block dedicated foreign online piracy operations from making that stolen content available to American households.

    “Foreign websites pirating American movies, TV shows, art, and books steal tens of billions of dollars from the U.S. economy each year,” said Senator Coons. “This costs our creative community hundreds of thousands of jobs. Today, the United States takes an important step to join the many other nations around the world that have begun to crack down on foreign IP theft. This bipartisan legislation will give Americans the tools they need to protect their intellectual property rights, while ensuring the internet remains a vibrant forum for free speech. I look forward to working with my colleagues and with stakeholders on all sides of this issue to advance this much-needed bill.”

    “Foreign piracy sites are stealing from American creators, threatening good-paying jobs, and exposing U.S. consumers to real online harms via malware, identity theft, and the like,” said Senator Tillis. “The Block BEARD Act gives us a smart, targeted tool to stop these criminal operations at the source without infringing on legitimate speech or due process. I’m proud to lead this bipartisan discussion to protect our creative economy and digital security and I look forward to continuing to work with my colleagues in the House to address this important matter.”

    “Tennessee’s thriving creative community must be protected from the theft of creative works by foreign criminals,” said Senator Blackburn. “Foreign piracy operations jeopardize the American creative industry through phishing, identity theft, and financial fraud, and the Block BEARD Act would protect creators by enabling them to pursue legal action in U.S. federal courts against these criminals.”

    “I’m proud to join my colleagues in this effort to protect creators and consumers alike from foreign criminal enterprises seeking to steal our intellectual property and exploit Americans,” said Senator Schiff. “As Ranking Member of the Senate Judiciary Subcommittee on Intellectual Property and a steadfast advocate for the creative community, I understand that robust protections are essential for innovation and economic growth in the digital age. This commonsense approach will provide the courts with the tools they need to combat foreign piracy operations and help level the playing field for American artists and creators who deserve to be fairly compensated for their work.”

    “We are grateful to Senators Tillis, Coons, Blackburn, and Schiff for their leadership in crafting a carefully tailored proposal that empowers US federal courts to protect consumers, rightsholders, and markets from large scale foreign piracy while preserving the protections contained in the DMCA,” said Mitch Glazier, Chairman and CEO, Recording Industry Association of America. “Similar tools have been proven effective around the world over the last ten years with no harm to speech, Internet infrastructure or security, or participation online, and we strongly support this effort to create a simple, effective, judicial remedy with due process in the U.S.”

    “Piracy steals hundreds of thousands of jobs from the film and television industry, drains billions from the U.S. economy, and puts millions of American consumers at risk – and the Block BEARD Act will provide us with a safe and effective way to counter this danger and combat large-scale copyright infringement,” said Charles Rivkin, Chairman and CEO, Motion Picture Association. “With bold leadership from Senators Tillis, Coons, Blackburn, and Schiff, the Block BEARD Act will equip our nation with a tool that’s worked in dozens of countries worldwide: a narrow, targeted means to fight the worst forms of foreign piracy while protecting free speech and the rule of law.”

    The Block BEARD Act would empower copyright owners to seek U.S. federal court orders against foreign websites dedicated to digital piracy, preventing them from making stolen content accessible to American households. To obtain relief, copyright holders must present evidence of specific harm and demonstrate the criminal nature of the targeted site. Courts could then direct internet service providers block access to the identified sites, while granting those providers immunity from liability, including for claims related to the petitioner’s actions. The legislation includes strong public interest safeguards to protect free expression, due process, and legitimate online services operating in compliance with U.S. law. This targeted legal tool mirrors successful approaches used in over 50 democratic countries to curb foreign piracy operations that undermine creative industry jobs and expose users to malware, identity theft, and fraud.

    You can read the full text of the draft here.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Sen. Markey, Reps. Schakowsky, Ruiz, Jayapal Introduce Dr. Paul Farmer Memorial Resolution Outlining 21st Century Global Health Strategy

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Massachusetts Ed Markey

    Resolution Text (PDF)

    Washington (July 31, 2025) – Senator Edward J. Markey (D-Mass.), along with Representatives Jan Schakowsky (IL-09), Dr. Raul Ruiz (CA-25), and Pramila Jayapal (WA-07), today introduced the Dr. Paul Farmer Memorial Resolution, to honor Dr. Farmer’s staggering life and legacy and lay out his extraordinary vision for realizing global health equity. This resolution lays out a 21st century global health strategy that proposes spending $125 billion annually on global health aid, reforming aid to focus on building national health systems, and putting an end to the exploitation of impoverished countries to increase their domestic tax base and health spending. This resolution seeks to save over 100 million lives per decade by increasing the flow of money in the global economy.

    “Dr. Paul Farmer was a health care visionary and revolutionary who understood compassion and care went hand in hand. At a time when global health and well-being are strained, I am proud to introduce this resolution honoring Dr. Farmer and the transformational work he did to deliver health care to people and communities around the world. Health is the first wealth, and we must do everything in our power to ensure that people around the world are healthy, safe, and have access to the resources they need to live and thrive,” said Senator Markey.

    “Dr. Paul Farmer is responsible for transforming the lives of millions and millions of poor and marginalized people around the world, bringing them health care, dignity, and justice. A true visionary, Paul insisted that all people have a right to excellent health care, and he developed the systems to deliver it in places people had written off. Gleaming world class hospitals and locally trained doctors, nurses, and community workers now exist in places like Haiti and Rwanda. Paul was not only a world-renowned leader in global health, but also a precious friend and a tireless organizer, inspiring thousands of people to actively participate in his work. All of us owe him a debt that can only be paid by carrying on his mission and legacy,” said Congresswoman Schakowsky. “That is why I am introducing the Dr. Paul Farmer Memorial Resolution alongside my colleagues Senator Markey and Representatives Ruiz and Jayapal. This resolution lays out a 21st Century Global Health Strategy that enshrines Paul’s vision to achieve global universal health care and end unnecessary and preventable deaths. We are the richest country in the world at the richest time in the world. As the Trump Administration rips away lifesaving aid from millions of people, it is more important than ever for those of us who care about global health and justice to rededicate ourselves to building and fully funding a robust global health strategy. Paul called on us to understand global health inequity as an injustice—a result of centuries of violence and exploitation inflicted on the global poor. We can make the choice to end global health inequity, and with Paul’s vision guiding us, we will.”

    “Dr. Paul Farmer was more than a global health leader, he was my mentor, professor, and dear friend,” said Congressman Ruiz. “From my early years at Harvard Medical School to our work together in Boston, Chiapas, Guatemala, and post-earthquake Haiti, he showed me what it means to fight for underserved communities with unwavering dedication. I am honored to help reintroduce this resolution in his memory, as a testament to his extraordinary impact on humanity.”

    “Dr. Paul Farmer changed global health for the better with his work in impoverished countries, treating infectious diseases and providing high quality care to those who needed it most. He also fundamentally altered the way we think about international aid, and his organizing and movement building has led to millions of people worldwide living healthier and longer lives. As a lifelong organizer and someone who worked in global health for years before coming to Congress, I know the importance of this work and know how devastating Trump and Republicans’ cuts to USAID and other international aid programs are. This resolution outlines a vision for a world in which we tackle the injustice of global health inequities and treat health care as a true human right. It also recognizes that to achieve these goals, we need to democratize the global financial system, including cancelling predatory debt that has often crushed low- and middle-income countries. I’m proud to co-lead it with Representatives Schakowsky and Ruiz,” said Congresswoman Jayapal.

    The proposals in the resolution are as follows:

    • Increase global health aid to $125 billion per year
      • Close the essential universal health care financing gap for low-income countries
      • Allow the U.S. to meet the U.N. aid target of 0.7% GNI for the first time ever
    • Reform global health aid
      • Focus on building national health systems and direct funding to local partners, not the development industry
      • Develop new medical technologies for diseases of poverty and ensure their availability as global public goods
    • Make the global economy more fair, just, and democratic
      • Democratizing the IMF, World Bank, and World Trade Organization, so that poor countries have greater say over decisions that affect their economies and their ability to finance health systems
      • Global debt cancelation for all developing countries that need it
      • Ending harmful licit and illicit financial flows from poor countries—ending global tax havens and illegal practices like trade misinvoicing
      • Supporting global labor rights, such as a global minimum wage

    “In this moment of crisis, we need Paul’s vision for global health justice more than ever. Thankfully, that vision is captured in this resolution. It provides us with a much-needed roadmap for global cooperation based on solidarity and justice by getting to the root causes of unnecessary suffering and death, or what Paul called ‘structural violence’. This includes greatly improving development assistance for health, but also going well beyond aid to address ongoing extractive colonial arrangements, which preclude local investments in health systems,” said Sheila Davis, CEO of Partners in Health.

    As an infectious disease physician, Dr. Farmer earned accolades for treating patients in impoverished countries with high quality care, including those suffering from HIV and cancer. As a medical anthropologist, he was known for popularizing and deepening understandings of “structural violence,” the idea that social systems are designed to impoverish, sicken, and sideline select groups. As chief strategist of Partners in Health, he garnered plaudits for pioneering community-based treatment strategies, building teaching hospitals, and more. Dr. Farmer called on us to understand global health inequity as an injustice—an effect of centuries of violence and exploitation inflicted on the global poor. This resolution embodies that and will serve as a North Star that will guide the movement for global health equity for years to come.

    In addition to Sen. Markey, this resolution is cosponsored in the Senate by Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.).

    In addition to Reps. Schakowsky, Ruiz, and Jayapal, this resolution is cosponsored in the House of Representatives by Reps. Raja Krishnamoorthi (IL-08), Betty McCollum (MN-04), Jim McGovern (MA-02), Seth Moulton (MA-06), Ayanna Pressley (MA-07), Delia Ramirez (IL-03), Juan Vargas (CA-52).

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Peters and Blackburn Introduce Bipartisan Bill to Create a National Quantum Computing Cybersecurity Strategy

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Michigan Gary Peters

    WASHINGTON, DC—U.S. Senators Gary Peters (D-MI), Ranking Member of the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee, and Marsha Blackburn (R-TN) have introduced bipartisan legislation to help prepare the federal government for emerging cybersecurity threats posed by quantum computing—an advanced technology that could one day break the encryption algorithms protecting sensitive government systems, personal data, and national security secrets. The National Quantum Cybersecurity Migration Strategy Act would require the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy to lead the development of a coordinated national strategy for transitioning federal systems to quantum-resistant cybersecurity standards. It leverages existing government expertise through the Subcommittee on the Economic and Security Implications of Quantum Science (ESIX), which would guide efforts to safeguard data before quantum computers become widely available.

    “It’s critical that the federal government be prepared for any threat posed by quantum computing technology, especially when it concerns our national security,” said Senator Peters. “My bill would help keep Americans safe by ensuring we have a quantum cybersecurity migration strategy to remain ahead of our adversaries and protect Americans’ personal data.”

    “Quantum computing is a rapidly advancing and promising technology, but it also poses new cybersecurity threats. The United States must be prepared for these cybersecurity challenges and remain the world leader is quantum technology,” said Senator Blackburn. “The National Quantum Cybersecurity Migration Strategy Act would ensure the federal government creates a road map to protect sensitive data and national security from emerging data security threats fueled by quantum computing.”

    While quantum computers aren’t in everyday use yet, they are advancing quickly—and once available, they could crack encryption that protects everything from classified communications to bank accounts and email communications. Because stolen data can be stored and decrypted later, experts warn that action must be taken now to secure systems with stronger, quantum-proof protections. This bill responds to that urgency by requiring federal agencies to begin migrating critical systems before it’s too late.

    The legislation builds on the 2022 National Quantum Initiative Act and the Quantum Cybersecurity Preparedness Act, which encouraged federal agencies to prepare for this transition. However, despite continued progress in quantum research, most agency data remains protected by outdated encryption standards or is not encrypted at all.

    To jumpstart that migration, the bill initiates a pilot program requiring each federal agency to transition at least one high-impact system to quantum-safe encryption. It also mandates that the ESIX Subcommittee evaluate which systems need urgent attention, identify standardized performance measures for agency migration efforts, and establish a clear definition of what qualifies as a cryptographically relevant quantum computer—removing confusion that can delay progress. By creating a practical path forward, the legislation ensures the federal government remains competitive in a rapidly evolving technological landscape and resilient against future cyber threats.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Cortez Masto, Fischer Introduce MAP for Broadband Funding Act

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Nevada Cortez Masto

    Washington, D.C. – Today, U.S. Senators Catherine Cortez Masto (D-Nev.) and Deb Fischer (R-Neb.) introduced the Modernization, Accountability, and Planning (MAP) for Broadband Funding Act, to provide oversight of the Federal Communication Commission’s (FCC) Broadband Funding Map to ensure it is functioning effectively for the public, federal agencies, and broadband providers.

    Cortez Masto and Fischer originally created the Broadband Funding Map as part of the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law. With oversight needed to ensure federal agencies are utilizing the Map to its full potential, the MAP For Broadway Funding Act will ensure that these agencies are reliably reporting their funding data to the FCC.

    “As we work to expand broadband access across the country, it’s critical that we do so with as much transparency, accountability, and coordination as possible,” said Senator Cortez Masto. “Reliable access to the internet is already so important for people to work and take care of their everyday tasks. Congress must ensure we continue to expand its access efficiently.”

    “I have worked diligently for years to close the digital divide for unserved and underserved communities,” said Senator Fischer. “My work with Senator Cortez Masto was underscored by the Broadband Funding Map, which we created in 2021. While I’m pleased the FCC launched the Map in 2023, it is clear oversight is needed here to ensure all federal agencies are utilizing the Map to its full potential. I won’t relent in my efforts to expand Internet connectivity for those who lack access—this is a critical step in that mission.”

    The MAP for Broadband Funding Act provides fresh oversight for the FCC’s Broadband Funding Map to ensure the Map is functioning effectively, efficiently, and transparently as possible for the public, federal agencies, and broadband providers alike. To meet this goal, the bill:

    • Directs the FCC to conduct a Notice of Inquiry on the Map’s function and data it displays for maximum usability, assessing any necessary updates from a user-experience perspective, and
    • Directs the Government Accountability Office (GAO) to evaluate how well federal agencies are populating the Map in compliance with current law, identifying any gaps in reporting for its optimum functionality. 

    As part of her Innovation State Initiative, Senator Cortez Masto has led efforts to improve broadband access and strengthen Nevada’s economy. She successfully called for increased accountability for federal broadband programs through efforts like the FCC broadband map which helped deliver the State of Nevada additional BEAD funding – totaling $416 million – through more accurate broadband accessibility data. The Senator has also passed her bipartisan ACCESS Broadband Act to establish a broadband oversight office in the Commerce Department, which administers the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law BEAD funding, provides technical assistance to communities, and tracks taxpayer dollars. Most recently, the Senator has condemned the Trump Administration’s reckless decision to rescind approval for states to receive their share of BEAD program funding from the U.S. Department of Commerce.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Mining positivity internationally recognised

    Source: New Zealand Minerals Council

    Today’s passing of the Crown Minerals Amendment Act is the cherry on top of a great week for mining, says New Zealand Minerals Council chief executive Josie Vidal.
    “To make the most of international interest in mining in New Zealand, untap the potential of critical minerals, and make a greater contribution to jobs, exports and the economy, we need enabling legislation such as the Crown Minerals Amendment Act,” Vidal says.
    “One of the significant aspects of this law for us, is that the emphasis on promoting mining goes back into the purpose statement of the Act. This is important because it shows the world that the New Zealand Government understands the value of our mining industry and that gives export markets and investors confidence.
    “The positivity around mining has been reflected in the respected international analysis of policy and investment attractiveness in 82 mining jurisdictions globally by the Fraser Institute in its Annual Survey of Mining Companies, 2024, released this week.
    “After languishing near the bottom of rankings for too many years, due to uncertainty about the environment for mining, New Zealand has made a massive leap and is now ranked higher than any Australian jurisdiction on the Investment Attractiveness Index – at 12th of 82, compared with 43rd of 86 in 2023 – and 15th of 82 on the Policy Perception Index, compared with 50th of 86 in 2023.
    “This week we also hosted an event to discuss science in the sector, and it was heartening to see the buzz around the critical minerals the world needs and what is available in New Zealand, and how we can add value and be part of the global supply chain.
    “Professor Chris Bumby, Chief Scientist (Materials) at the Robinson Research Institute within Victoria University of Wellington spoke about the potential for value-add processing of New Zealand’s critical mineral resources. He pointed out why metals production matters – ‘today’s world is built from metals and tomorrow’s world will require a whole bunch more’, he said.
    “He highlighted New Zealand opportunities included critical minerals vanadium, titanium, zirconium, tungsten, and antinomy, among others, and the value New Zealand minerals bring to the world’s steel production.
    “New Zealand science and research stands out globally and Science, Innovation and Technology Minister Shane Reti also spoke about the work the Government is doing to further enable science and technology to advance our country in a rapidly changing high-tech world.
    “There is so much exciting work happening in our minerals industry and it is important to have enabling laws that back our claims that New Zealand is open for business, and that the Fast-track Approvals Act is allowed to work as it is intended and is not derailed by vexatious detractors,” Vidal says.

    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-OSI: Flow Traders 2Q 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Flow Traders 2Q 2025 Results

    Amsterdam, the Netherlands – Flow Traders Ltd. (Euronext: FLOW) announces its unaudited 2Q 2025 results.

    Highlights

    • Flow Traders recorded Net Trading Income of €143.4m and Total Income of €143.9m in 2Q25, an increase of 80% and 89% when compared to €79.5m and €76.2m in 2Q24, respectively.
    • Flow Traders’ ETP Value Traded increased by 42% in 2Q25 to €492bn from €347bn in 2Q24.
    • Fixed Operating Expenses were €49.8m in the quarter, an increase of 15% when compared to the €43.1m in 2Q24, due mostly to increased Employee and Other expenses.
    • Total Operating Expenses were €76.0m in 2Q25, an increase of 40% when compared to the €54.3m in 2Q24, due mostly to higher variable employee expenses.
    • EBITDA was €68.0m in the quarter, an increase of 210% when compared to €21.9m in 2Q24. EBITDA margin was 47% in 2Q25 vs. 29% in 2Q24.
    • Net Profit came in at €51.3m in 2Q25, yielding a basic EPS of €1.18 and diluted EPS of €1.16, a 295% increase compared to a Net Profit of €13.0m, basic EPS of €0.30, and diluted EPS of €0.29 in 2Q24.
    • Trading Capital stood at €831m at the end of 2Q25, a 33% and 4% increase from €624m and €803m at the end of 2Q24 and 1Q25, respectively, and generated a 75% return on average trading capital1.
    • Shareholders’ equity was €821m at the end of 2Q25, compared to €638m at the end of 2Q24 and €787m at the end of 1Q25.
    • Flow Traders employed 607 FTEs at the end of 2Q25, compared to 594 at the end of 2Q24 and 619 at the end of 1Q25.

    Leadership Update

    In a separate release today, Flow Traders announced that Thomas Spitz will join Flow Traders on 1 September 2025 and be nominated as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director of the Flow Traders Board, subject to regulatory and shareholder approval. In his role as Chief Executive Officer, Thomas will be responsible for executing Flow Traders’ strategic agenda, which includes the Company’s growth and diversification strategy and Trading Capital Expansion Plan.

    Financial Overview

    €million 2Q25 2Q24 Change 1H25 1H24 Change
    Net trading income 143.4 79.5 80% 283.6 206.6 37%
    Other income 0.5 (3.3) (4.6) (0.8)
    Total income 143.9 76.2 89% 279.0 205.8 36%
    Revenue by region2            
    Europe 78.7 48.6 62% 158.6 117.0 35%
    Americas 30.2 13.4 125% 41.7 54.7 (24%)
    Asia 35.1 14.2 147% 78.8 34.1 131%
    Fixed employee expenses 23.4 20.4 15% 47.7 41.1 16%
    Technology expenses 16.8 16.8 0% 34.2 32.6 5%
    Other expenses 9.5 5.9 61% 18.6 13.6 37%
    Fixed operating expenses 49.8 43.1 15% 100.5 87.2 15%
    Variable employee expenses 26.2 11.2 134% 48.2 35.0 38%
    Total operating expenses 76.0 54.3 40% 148.7 122.2 22%
    EBITDA 68.0 21.9 210% 130.3 83.6 56%
    Interest expenses 0.4 0.1 321% 0.9 0.1 738%
    Lease expenses 0.5 0.6 (21%) 1.0 1.1 (15%)
    Depreciation & amortisation 5.0 4.4 13% 9.7 8.7 12%
    (Reversal of) Impairment of intangible assets3 (2.5) N/A 8.0 N/A
    Profit/(loss) on equity-accounted investments (1.1) (0.2) 359% (2.9) (0.6) 369%
    Profit before tax 63.5 16.6 283% 107.8 73.0 48%
    Tax expense 12.3 3.6 238% 20.3 14.2 43%
    Net profit 51.3 13.0 295% 87.5 58.8 49%
    Basic EPS4 (€) 1.18 0.30 293% 2.01 1.36 49%
    Fully diluted EPS4 (€) 1.16 0.29 294% 1.98 1.33 49%
    EBITDA margin 47% 29%   47% 41%  

    Revenue by Region

    €million 2Q23 3Q23 4Q23 1Q24 2Q24 3Q24 4Q24 1Q25 2Q25
    Europe 33.1 33.6 42.6 68.4 48.6 70.2 86.9 79.9 78.7
    Americas 9.3 22.0 18.1 41.3 13.4 20.8 18.2 11.4 30.2
    Asia 9.0 12.1 13.6 19.9 14.2 23.6 53.8 43.7 35.1

    Value Traded Overview

    €billion 2Q25 2Q24 Change 1H25 1H24 Change
    Flow Traders ETP Value Traded 492 347 42% 999 755 32%
    Europe 220 147 49% 465 300 55%
    Americas 233 177 32% 446 406 10%
    Asia 39 23 71% 88 50 76%
    Flow Traders non-ETP Value Traded 1200 1,132 6% 2,418 2,278 6%
    Flow Traders Value Traded 1,692 1,479 14% 3,417 3,034 13%
    Equity 918 754 22% 1,928 1,573 23%
    FICC 680 677 0% 1,305 1369 (5%)
    Other 94 48 98% 184 92 99%
    Market ETP Value Traded5 16,509 11,014 50% 30,934 22,993 35%
    Europe 835 583 43% 1,717 1,178 45%
    Americas 13,214 9,090 45% 24,278 19,054 27%
    Asia 2,460 1,341 83% 4,938 2,761 79%
    Asia ex China 632 444 42% 1,277 883 45%

    Trading Capital

      2Q23 3Q23 4Q23 1Q24 2Q24 3Q24 4Q24 1Q25 2Q25
    Trading Capital (€m) 574 585 584 609 624 668 775 803 831
    Return on Avg Trading Capital1 65% 56% 49% 50% 58% 62% 69% 68% 75%
    Average VIX7 16.7 15.1 15.4 13.9 14.2 17.1 17.3 18.5 23.6

    Market Environment

    Europe

    Equity trading volumes in the quarter across major exchanges saw low double-digit percentage point increases when compared to the same period a year ago, but declined slightly compared to the first quarter. Market volatility increased by mid double-digit percentage points when compared to both the same period a year ago and low double-digits compared to the first quarter. However, a substantial portion of the increase in market activity, in terms of both volume and volatility, was seen in the first half of April, with activity returning to more normal levels in May and June.

    Within Fixed Income, market trading volumes increased compared to the same period a year ago but declined when compared to the first quarter.

    Americas

    Equity trading volumes in the U.S. increased by low double-digit percentage points when compared to the same period a year ago, and high single-digits to low double-digits when compared to the first quarter. Market volatility increased by high double-digit percentage points year-on-year and low double-digits quarter-on-quarter.

    Within Fixed Income, market trading volumes increased slightly when compared to the same period a year ago, but declined slightly when compared to the first quarter. Market volatility was relatively flat both year-on-year and quarter-on-quarter.

    Asia

    Equity trading volumes in Asia were mixed as Hong Kong and China saw significant increases when compared to the same period a year ago, but slight declines when compared to the first quarter, while Japan saw slight increases both year-on-year and quarter-on-quarter. Market volatility increased in Hong Kong and China when compared to the same period a year ago and was relatively flat when compared to the first quarter. Japan saw an increase in volatility both year-on-year and quarter-on-quarter.

    Digital Assets

    Within Digital Assets, which trades across regions on a 24/7 basis, trading volumes in cryptocurrencies saw a slight increase when compared to the same period a year ago but a meaningful decline when compared to the first quarter. Volatility decreased meaningfully both year-on-year and quarter-on-quarter.

    Outlook

    Fixed operating expenses guidance for the year remains unchanged and is expected to be in the range of €190-210m given additional technology investments and targeted additions of subject matter experts in growth areas, partially offset by expected operational efficiency gains.

    CEO Statement

    Mike Kuehnel, CEO
    “Flow Traders posted another strong set of results in the second quarter, delivering the fourth straight quarter of triple-digit NTI for the first time in the Company’s history. In addition, the fifth triple-digit NTI quarter in the last six quarters serves as strong validation of our growth and diversification strategy. The Company was able to deliver solid results through periods of mostly below average market volatility throughout most of 2024 with strong contributions from Digital Assets. We then had strong contributions from Asia in the second half of 2024, and now from Europe and the Americas in the first half of 2025. We continue to reap the rewards of our eight-year investment into Digital Assets as it has proven to be a dependable countercyclical offset to the traditional asset classes.

    The second quarter saw a sharp increase in volatility in traditional asset classes, particularly in Equity, after nearly two years of relatively muted activity. While the rebound in volumes and volatility we saw in early April was not nearly as extreme and was relatively short-lived when compared to COVID, we were able to leverage the additional profits retained as part of the Trading Capital Expansion Plan. We were able to capture the opportunities that arose and record one of the best months ever in the Company’s history. The return of market activity on the back of continued record ETP fund inflows around the world drove improved performance across all regions, particularly in the Americas and Asia. We are especially excited about the significant opportunity in China, where trading volumes have doubled vs. a year ago and is now two-to-three times the volumes seen in Europe.

    In Digital Assets, trading volumes declined quarter-on-quarter as traditional asset classes garnered more attention given the tariff news headlines. Nevertheless, we continue to see positive sentiment shifts as institutional interests grow amidst a more conducive regulatory environment. The ecosystem around digital assets continues to expand, as evidenced by a raft of digital asset-related IPOs. We are particularly excited about the regulatory approval of AllUnity, our partnership with DWS and Galaxy Digital, which will launch a MiCAR-compliant Euro-denominated stablecoin later this year. As one of the earliest adopters of digital assets, Flow Traders remains instrumental in providing liquidity to this asset class and helping to expand the ecosystem.

    Looking forward, I am proud of what we have achieved at Flow Traders over my tenure. The Company remains committed to enhancing its trading capabilities by strategically investing in cutting-edge technology and talent. The strong return on trading capital over the last 12 months validates the strategic decision taken last July to retain more profits to reinvest back into the business. I’m certain that the combination of improving and expanding the Company’s trading capabilities and growing the trading capital base will undoubtedly accelerate the growth of Flow Traders in the years to come.”

    Preliminary Financial Calendar

    30 October 2025                3Q25 Trading Update

    Analyst Conference Call and Webcast

    The 2Q25 trading update analyst conference call will be held at 10:00 am CEST on Thursday 31 July 2025. The presentation can be downloaded at https://www.flowtraders.com/investors/results-centre and the conference call can be followed via a listen-only audio webcast. A replay of the conference call will be available on the company website for at least 90 days.

    Contact Details

    Flow Traders Ltd.

    Investors / Media
    Eric Pan
    Phone:         +31 20 7996799
    Email:        investor.relations@flowtraders.com

    About Flow Traders

    Flow Traders is a leading trading firm providing liquidity in multiple asset classes, covering all major exchanges. Founded in 2004, Flow Traders is a leading global ETP market marker and has leveraged its expertise in trading European equity ETPs to expand into fixed income, commodities, digital assets and FX globally. Flow Traders’ role in financial markets is to ensure the availability of liquidity and enabling investors to continue to buy or sell financial instruments under all market circumstances, thereby ensuring markets remain resilient and continue to function in an orderly manner. In addition to its trading activities, Flow Traders has established a strategic investment unit focused on fostering market innovation and aligned with our mission to bring greater transparency and efficiency to the financial ecosystem. With over two decades of experience, we have built a team of over 600 talented professionals, located globally, contributing to the firm’s entrepreneurial culture and delivering the company’s mission.

    Notes

    1. Return on average trading capital defined as LTM NTI divided by the average of the prior and current end of period trading capital.
    2. Revenue by region includes NTI, Other Income, and inter-company revenue.
    3. There was a €2.5m reversal in 2Q25 of the €10.5m impairment of intangible assets in 1Q25.
    4. Weighted average shares outstanding: 2Q25 – 43,565,347; 1Q25 – 43,394,080; 2Q24 – 43,270,311.
    5. Determined by adjusting the basic EPS for the effects of all dilutive share-based payments to employees.
    6. Source – Flow Traders analysis.
    7. Starting in 3Q24, average VIX is calculated as the average of VIX daily closing prices.

    Important Legal Information

    This press release is prepared by Flow Traders Ltd. and is for information purposes only. It is not a recommendation to engage in investment activities and you must not rely on the content of this document when making any investment decisions. The information in this document does not constitute legal, tax, or investment advice and is not to be regarded as investor marketing or marketing of any security or financial instrument, or as an offer to buy or sell, or as a solicitation of any offer to buy or sell, securities or financial instruments.

    The information and materials contained in this press release are provided ‘as is’ and Flow Traders Ltd. or any of its affiliates (“Flow Traders”) do not warrant the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the information and materials and expressly disclaim liability for any errors or omissions. This press release is not intended to be, and shall not constitute in any way a binding or legal agreement, or impose any legal obligation on Flow Traders. All intellectual property rights, including trademarks, are those of their respective owners. All rights reserved. All proprietary rights and interest in or connected with this publication shall vest in Flow Traders. No part of it may be redistributed or reproduced without the prior written permission of Flow Traders.

    This press release may include forward-looking statements, which are based on Flow Traders’ current expectations and projections about future events, and are not guarantees of future performance. Forward looking statements are statements that are not historical facts, including statements about our beliefs and expectations. Words such as “may”, “will”, “would”, “should”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “project”, “believe”, “could”, “hope”, “seek”, “plan”, “foresee”, “aim”, “objective”, “potential”, “goal” “strategy”, “target”, “continue” and similar expressions or their negatives are used to identify these forward-looking statements. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future whether or not outside the control of Flow Traders. Such factors may cause actual results, performance or developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Accordingly, no undue reliance should be placed on any forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as at the date at which they are made. Flow Traders expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to update, review or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this press release to reflect any change in its expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which such statements are based unless required to do so by applicable law.

    Financial objectives are internal objectives of Flow Traders to measure its operational performance and should not be read as indicating that Flow Traders is targeting such metrics for any particular fiscal year. Flow Traders’ ability to achieve these financial objectives is inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond Flow Traders’ control, and upon assumptions with respect to future business decisions that are subject to change. As a result, Flow Traders’ actual results may vary from these financial objectives, and those variations may be material.

    Efficiencies are net, before tax and on a run-rate basis, i.e. taking into account the full-year impact of any measure to be undertaken before the end of the period mentioned. The expected operating efficiencies and cost savings were prepared on the basis of a number of assumptions, projections and estimates, many of which depend on factors that are beyond Flow Traders’ control. These assumptions, projections and estimates are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and actual results may differ, perhaps materially, from those projected. Flow Traders cannot provide any assurance that these assumptions are correct and that these projections and estimates will reflect Flow Traders’ actual results of operations.

    By accepting this document you agree to the terms set out above. If you do not agree with the terms set out above please notify legal.amsterdam@nl.flowtraders.com immediately and delete or destroy this document.

    All results published in this release are unaudited.

    Market Abuse Regulation

    This press release contains information within the meaning of Article 7(1) of the EU Market Abuse Regulation.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Shell Plc 2nd QUARTER 2025 HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

                                 
    SHELL PLC
     2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS
           
                                                         
     
    SUMMARY OF UNAUDITED RESULTS
    Quarters $ million   Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   Reference 2025 2024 %
    3,601    4,780    3,517    -25 Income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders   8,381    10,874    -23
    4,264    5,577    6,293    -24 Adjusted Earnings A 9,841    14,027    -30
    13,313    15,250    16,806    -13 Adjusted EBITDA A 28,563    35,517    -20
    11,937    9,281    13,508    +29 Cash flow from operating activities   21,218    26,838    -21
    (5,406)   (3,959)   (3,338)     Cash flow from investing activities   (9,365)   (6,866)    
    6,531    5,322    10,170      Free cash flow G 11,853    19,972     
    5,817    4,175    4,719      Cash capital expenditure C 9,993    9,211     
    8,265    8,575    8,950    -4 Operating expenses F 16,840    17,947    -6
    8,145    8,453    8,651    -4 Underlying operating expenses F 16,598    17,704    -6
    9.4% 10.4% 12.8%   ROACE D 9.4% 12.8%  
    75,675    76,511    75,468      Total debt E 75,675    75,468     
    43,216    41,521    38,314      Net debt E 43,216    38,314     
    19.1% 18.7% 17.0%   Gearing E 19.1% 17.0%  
    2,682    2,838    2,817    -5 Oil and gas production available for sale (thousand boe/d)   2,760    2,864    -4
    0.61    0.79    0.55 -23 Basic earnings per share ($)   1.40    1.70    -18
    0.72    0.92    0.99    -22 Adjusted Earnings per share ($) B 1.64    2.19    -25
    0.3580    0.3580    0.3440    Dividend per share ($)   0.7160    0.6880    +4

    1.Q2 on Q1 change

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income attributable to Shell plc shareholders, compared with the first quarter 2025, reflected lower trading and optimisation margins and lower realised liquids and gas prices, partly offset by higher Marketing margins and lower operating expenses.

    Second quarter 2025 income attributable to Shell plc shareholders also included impairment charges, gains on disposal of assets and favourable movements due to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives. These items are included in identified items amounting to a net loss of $0.3 billion in the quarter. This compares with identified items in the first quarter 2025 which amounted to a net loss of $0.8 billion.

    Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted EBITDA2 were driven by the same factors as income attributable to Shell plc shareholders and adjusted for the above identified items and the cost of supplies adjustment of $0.3 billion.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the second quarter 2025 was $11.9 billion and primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA. This inflow was partly offset by tax payments of $3.4 billion.

    Cash flow from investing activities for the second quarter 2025 was an outflow of $5.4 billion, and included cash capital expenditure of $5.8 billion. This outflow was partly offset by interest received of $0.5 billion.

    Net debt and Gearing: At the end of the second quarter 2025, net debt was $43.2 billion, compared with $41.5 billion at the end of the first quarter 2025. This reflects free cash flow of $6.5 billion, more than offset by share buybacks of $3.5 billion, cash dividends paid to Shell plc shareholders of $2.1 billion, lease additions of $1.4 billion and interest payments of $1.2 billion. Gearing was 19.1% at the end of the second quarter 2025, compared with 18.7% at the end of the first quarter 2025, mainly driven by higher net debt.

    Shareholder distributions

    Total shareholder distributions in the quarter amounted to $5.7 billion comprising repurchases of shares of $3.5 billion and cash dividends paid to Shell plc shareholders of $2.1 billion. Dividends to be paid to Shell plc shareholders for the


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    second quarter 2025 amount to $0.3580 per share. Shell has now completed $3.5 billion of share buybacks announced in the first quarter 2025 results announcement. Today, Shell announces a share buyback programme of $3.5 billion which is expected to be completed by the third quarter 2025 results announcement.

    Half Year Analysis1

    Income attributable to Shell plc shareholders, compared with the first half 2024, reflected lower trading and optimisation margins, lower realised liquids and LNG prices, and lower refining and chemical margins, partly offset by lower operating expenses and favourable tax movements.

    Our continued focus on performance, discipline and simplification has helped deliver $3.9 billion of pre-tax structural cost reductions3 since 2022. Of these reductions, $0.8 billion was delivered in the first half 2025.

    First half 2025 income attributable to Shell plc shareholders also included impairment charges, a charge related to the UK Energy Profits Levy and favourable movements due to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives. These items are included in identified items amounting to a net loss of $1.2 billion. This compares with identified items in the first half 2024 which amounted to a net loss of $3.3 billion.

    Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted EBITDA2 for the first half 2025 were driven by the same factors as income attributable to Shell plc shareholders and adjusted for identified items and the cost of supplies adjustment of $0.3 billion.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the first half 2025 was $21.2 billion, and primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA. This inflow was partly offset by tax payments of $6.3 billion and working capital outflows of $3.0 billion.

    Cash flow from investing activities for the first half 2025 was an outflow of $9.4 billion and included cash capital expenditure of $10.0 billion, and net other investing cash outflows of $0.9 billion, which included the drawdowns on loan facilities provided at completion of the sale of The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC) in Nigeria. These outflows were partly offset by interest received of $1.0 billion.

    This Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report, together with supplementary financial and operational disclosure for this quarter, is available at www.shell.com/investors 4.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without taxation, exploration well write-offs and depreciation, depletion and amortisation (DD&A) expenses.

    3.Structural cost reductions describe decreases in underlying operating expenses as a result of operational efficiencies, divestments, workforce reductions and other cost-saving measures that are expected to be sustainable compared with 2022 levels.

    4.Not incorporated by reference.

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENTS

    Integrated Gas

    In June 2025, we announced that the first cargo of liquefied natural gas (LNG) had left the LNG Canada facility on the west coast of Canada. Shell has a 40% working interest in the LNG Canada joint venture. Located in Kitimat, British Columbia, the facility will export LNG from two processing units or “trains” with a total capacity of 14 million tonnes per annum (mtpa).

    Upstream

    In May 2025, we completed the previously announced agreement to increase our working interest in the Shell-operated Ursa platform in the Gulf of America from 45.39% to 61.35%.

    In May 2025, we announced the start of production at the floating production storage and offloading facility (FPSO) Alexandre de Gusmão in the Mero field in the Santos Basin offshore Brazil. The unitized Mero field is operated by Petrobras (38.6%), in partnership with Shell Brasil (19.3%), TotalEnergies (19.3%), CNPC (9.65%), CNOOC (9.65%) and Pré-Sal Petróleo S.A. (PPSA) (3.5%) representing the Government in the non-contracted area.

    In May 2025, we signed an agreement to acquire a 12.5% interest in the OML 118 Production Sharing Contract (OML 118 PSC) from TotalEnergies EP Nigeria Limited. Upon completion, Shell’s working interest in the OML 118 PSC is expected to increase from 55% to a maximum of 67.5%.

    Chemicals and Products

    In April 2025, we completed the previously announced sale of our Energy and Chemicals Park in Singapore to CAPGC Pte. Ltd. (CAPGC), a joint venture between Chandra Asri Capital Pte. Ltd. and Glencore Asian Holdings Pte. Ltd.

    In April 2025, we agreed to sell our 16.125% interest in Colonial Enterprises, Inc. (“Colonial”) to Colossus AcquireCo LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. and its institutional partners (collectively, “Brookfield”), for $1.45 billion. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals.

             Page 2


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    PERFORMANCE BY SEGMENT

                                                         
     
    INTEGRATED GAS        
    Quarters $ million   Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   Reference 2025 2024 %
                     
    1,838    2,789    2,454    -34 Income/(loss) for the period   4,627    5,215    -11
    101    306    (220)     Of which: Identified items A 407    (1,139)    
    1,737    2,483    2,675    -30 Adjusted Earnings A 4,220    6,354    -34
    3,875    4,735    5,039    -18 Adjusted EBITDA A 8,610    11,175    -23
    3,629    3,463    4,183    +5 Cash flow from operating activities A 7,092    8,895    -20
    1,196    1,116    1,151      Cash capital expenditure C 2,313    2,192     
    129    126    137    +2 Liquids production available for sale (thousand b/d)   128    137    -7
    4,545    4,644    4,885    -2 Natural gas production available for sale (million scf/d)   4,594    4,919 -7
    913    927    980    -2 Total production available for sale (thousand boe/d)   920    986    -7
    6.72    6.60    6.95    +2 LNG liquefaction volumes (million tonnes)   13.32    14.53    -8
    17.77    16.49    16.41    +8 LNG sales volumes (million tonnes)   34.26    33.28    +3

    1.Q2 on Q1 change

    Integrated Gas includes liquefied natural gas (LNG), conversion of natural gas into gas-to-liquids (GTL) fuels and other products. It includes natural gas and liquids exploration and extraction, and the operation of the upstream and midstream infrastructure necessary to deliver these to market. Integrated Gas also includes the marketing, trading and optimisation of LNG.

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the first quarter 2025, reflected the combined effect of lower contributions from trading and optimisation and lower realised prices (decrease of $589 million), and higher depreciation, depletion and amortisation expenses (increase of $162 million).

    Identified items in the second quarter 2025 included favourable movements of $454 million due to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives, partly offset by impairment charges of $423 million. These favourable movements and impairment charges compare with the first quarter 2025 which included favourable movements of $362 million due to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives. As part of Shell’s normal business, commodity derivative contracts are entered into as hedges for mitigation of economic exposures on future purchases, sales and inventory.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the second quarter 2025 was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA, net cash inflows related to derivatives of $542 million and working capital inflows of $352 million. These inflows were partly offset by tax payments of $967 million.

    Total oil and gas production, compared with the first quarter 2025, decreased by 2% mainly due to higher planned maintenance across the portfolio. LNG liquefaction volumes increased by 2% mainly due to ramp-up in Australia, following unplanned maintenance and weather constraints in the first quarter, partly offset by higher planned maintenance across the portfolio.

    Half Year Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the first half 2024, reflected the combined effect of lower contributions from trading and optimisation and lower realised prices (decrease of $1,894 million), lower volumes (decrease of $373 million), and higher depreciation, depletion and amortisation expenses (increase of $120 million), partly offset by lower operating expenses (decrease of $107 million), and favourable deferred tax movements ($99 million).

    Identified items in the first half 2025 included favourable movements of $817 million due to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives, partly offset by impairment charges of $423 million. These favourable movements and charges are part of identified items and compare with the first half 2024 which included unfavourable movements of $985 million due

             Page 3


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives. As part of Shell’s normal business, commodity derivative contracts are entered into for mitigation of economic exposures on future purchases, sales and inventory.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the first half 2025 was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA, and net cash inflows related to derivatives of $1,084 million. These inflows were partly offset by tax payments of $1,741 million and working capital outflows of $335 million.

    Total oil and gas production, compared with the first half 2024, decreased by 7% mainly due to higher maintenance across the portfolio and weather constraints in Australia. LNG liquefaction volumes decreased by 8% mainly due to higher maintenance across the portfolio.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without taxation, exploration well write-offs and DD&A expenses.

             Page 4


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                         
     
    UPSTREAM          
    Quarters $ million   Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   Reference 2025 2024 %
                     
    2,008    2,080    2,179    -3 Income/(loss) for the period   4,088    4,451    -8
    276    (257)   (157)     Of which: Identified items A 19    182     
    1,732    2,337    2,336    -26 Adjusted Earnings A 4,068    4,270    -5
    6,638    7,387    7,829    -10 Adjusted EBITDA A 14,024    15,717    -11
    6,500    3,945    5,739    +65 Cash flow from operating activities A 10,445    11,466    -9
    2,826    1,923    1,829      Cash capital expenditure C 4,749    3,839     
    1,334    1,335    1,297    Liquids production available for sale (thousand b/d)   1,334    1,314    +2
    2,310    3,020    2,818    -24 Natural gas production available for sale (million scf/d)   2,663    2,977    -11
    1,732    1,855    1,783    -7 Total production available for sale (thousand boe/d)   1,793    1,828    -2

    1.Q2 on Q1 change

    The Upstream segment includes exploration and extraction of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids. It also markets and transports oil and gas, and operates the infrastructure necessary to deliver them to the market.

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the first quarter 2025, reflected lower realised liquids and gas prices (decrease of $594 million) and higher depreciation, depletion and amortisation expenses (increase of $154 million), partly offset by higher volumes (increase of $112 million).

    Identified items in the second quarter 2025 included gains of $350 million from disposal of assets. These favourable movements compare with the first quarter 2025 which included a charge of $509 million related to the UK Energy Profits Levy, partly offset by gains of $159 million from disposal of assets and gains of $95 million related to the impact of the strengthening Brazilian real on a deferred tax position.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the second quarter 2025 was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA, dividends (net of profits) from joint ventures and associates of $1,542 million and working capital inflows of $655 million. These inflows were partly offset by tax payments of $1,948 million.

    Total production, compared with the first quarter 2025, decreased mainly due to the SPDC divestment and higher planned maintenance, partly offset by new oil production.

    Half Year Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the first half 2024, reflected lower realised prices (decrease of $1,262 million) and the comparative unfavourable impact of gas storage effects (decrease of $499 million), partly offset by lower exploration well write-offs (decrease of $574 million), lower depreciation, depletion and amortisation expenses (decrease of $375 million), lower operating expenses (decrease of $245 million) and favourable tax movements ($143 million).

    Identified items in the first half 2025 included gains of $509 million from disposal of assets and a gain of $168 million related to the impact of the strengthening Brazilian real on a deferred tax position, offset by a charge of $509 million related to the UK Energy Profits Levy. These favourable movements and charges compare with the first half 2024 which included gains of $599 million related to the impact of inflationary adjustments in Argentina on a deferred tax position, partly offset by a loss of $191 million related to the impact of the weakening Brazilian real on a deferred tax position and impairment charges of $169 million.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the first half 2025 was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA and dividends (net of profits) from joint ventures and associates of $1,384 million. These inflows were partly offset by tax payments of $3,946 million.

    Total production, compared with the first half 2024, decreased mainly due to the SPDC divestment and field decline largely offset by new oil production.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without taxation, exploration well write-offs and DD&A expenses.

             Page 5


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                         
     
    MARKETING        
    Quarters $ million   Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   Reference 2025 2024 %
                     
    766    814    202    -6 Income/(loss) for the period   1,580    1,099    +44
    (354)   (49)   (825)     Of which: Identified items A (402)   (832)    
                     
    1,199    900    1,082    +33 Adjusted Earnings A 2,100    1,863    +13
    2,181    1,869    1,999    +17 Adjusted EBITDA A 4,049    3,686    +10
    2,718    1,907    1,958    +43 Cash flow from operating activities A 4,625    3,277    +41
    429    256    644      Cash capital expenditure C 684    1,109     
    2,813    2,674    2,868    +5 Marketing sales volumes (thousand b/d)   2,744    2,816    -3

    1.Q2 on Q1 change

    The Marketing segment comprises the Mobility, Lubricants, and Sectors and Decarbonisation businesses. The Mobility business operates Shell’s retail network including electric vehicle charging services and the Wholesale commercial fuels business which provides fuels for transport and industry. The Lubricants business produces, markets and sells lubricants for road transport, and machinery used in manufacturing, mining, power generation, agriculture and construction. The Sectors and Decarbonisation business sells fuels, speciality products and services including low-carbon energy solutions to a broad range of commercial customers including the aviation, marine, and agricultural sectors.

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the first quarter 2025, reflected higher Marketing margins (increase of $282 million) mainly due to higher Mobility unit margins and seasonal impact of higher volumes, stable Lubricants margins and Sectors and Decarbonisation margins, and favourable tax movements ($92 million). These net gains were partly offset by higher operating expenses (increase of $41 million).

    Identified items in the second quarter 2025 included net impairment charges and reversals of $285 million, net losses of $44 million related to the sale of assets, and charges of $44 million related to redundancy and restructuring. These charges and net losses compare with the first quarter 2025 which included net losses of $61 million related to the sale of assets.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the second quarter 2025 was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA, inflows relating to the timing impact of payments related to emission certificates and biofuel programmes of $515 million, dividends (net of profits/losses) from joint ventures and associates of $161 million and working capital inflows of $67 million. These inflows were partly offset by tax payments of $132 million, and non-cash cost of supplies adjustment of $104 million.

    Marketing sales volumes (comprising hydrocarbon sales), compared with the first quarter 2025, increased mainly due to seasonality.

    Half Year Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the first half 2024, reflected lower operating expenses (decrease of $199 million) and higher Marketing margins (increase of $71 million) including higher Mobility and Lubricants margins due to improved unit margins, partly offset by lower Sectors and Decarbonisation margins.

    Identified items in the first half 2025 included net impairment charges and reversals of $278 million and net losses of $105 million related to sale of assets. These charges and net losses compare with the first half 2024 which included impairment charges of $786 million mainly relating to an asset in the Netherlands, charges of $65 million related to redundancy and restructuring, and net losses of $56 million related to the sale of assets, partly offset by favourable movements of $50 million relating to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the first half 2025 was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA, inflows relating to the timing impact of payments related to emission certificates and biofuel programmes of $1,055 million, dividends (net of

             Page 6


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    profits/losses) from joint ventures and associates of $365 million. These inflows were partly offset by tax payments of $306 million, working capital outflows of $277 million and non-cash cost of supplies adjustment of $156 million.

    Marketing sales volumes (comprising hydrocarbon sales), compared with the first half 2024, decreased mainly in Mobility due to portfolio changes and in Sectors and Decarbonisation.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without taxation and DD&A expenses.

             Page 7


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                         
     
    CHEMICALS AND PRODUCTS        
    Quarters $ million   Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   Reference 2025 2024 %
                     
    (174)   (77)   545    -125 Income/(loss) for the period   (252)   1,856    -114
    (51)   (581)   (499)     Of which: Identified items A (631)   (956)    
                     
    118    449    1,085    -74 Adjusted Earnings A 567    2,700    -79
    864    1,410    2,242    -39 Adjusted EBITDA A 2,274    5,068    -55
    1,372    130    2,249    +956 Cash flow from operating activities A 1,502    1,900    -21
    775    458    638      Cash capital expenditure C 1,233    1,138     
    1,156    1,362    1,429    -15 Refinery processing intake (thousand b/d)   1,258    1,429    -12
    2,164    2,813    3,052    -23 Chemicals sales volumes (thousand tonnes)   4,977    5,934    -16

    1.Q2 on Q1 change

    The Chemicals and Products segment includes chemicals manufacturing plants with their own marketing network, and refineries which turn crude oil and other feedstocks into a range of oil products which are moved and marketed around the world for domestic, industrial and transport use. The segment also includes the pipeline business, trading and optimisation of crude oil, oil products and petrochemicals, and Oil Sands activities (the extraction of bitumen from mined oil sands and its conversion into synthetic crude oil).

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the first quarter 2025, reflected lower Products margins (decrease of $450 million) mainly driven by lower margins from trading and optimisation, partly offset by higher refining margins. Adjusted Earnings also reflected lower Chemicals margins (decrease of $103 million). These net losses were partly offset by favourable tax movements ($96 million) and lower operating expenses (decrease of $58 million).

    In the second quarter 2025, Chemicals had negative Adjusted Earnings of $192 million and Products had positive Adjusted Earnings of $310 million.

    Identified items in the second quarter 2025 included impairment charges of $62 million. These charges compare with the first quarter 2025 which included impairment charges of $277 million and unfavourable movements of $202 million due to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives that, as part of Shell’s normal business, are entered into as hedges for mitigation of economic exposures on future purchases, sales and inventory.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the second quarter 2025 was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA, inflows relating to the timing impact of payments relating to emission certificates and biofuel programmes of $367 million and working capital inflows of $383 million. These inflows were partly offset by non-cash cost of supplies adjustment of $333 million.

    Refinery utilisation was 94% compared with 85% in the first quarter 2025, mainly due to lower planned and unplanned maintenance.

    Chemicals manufacturing plant utilisation was 72% compared with 81% in the first quarter 2025, mainly due to higher planned maintenance, and unplanned maintenance mainly in Monaca.

    Half Year Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the first half 2024, reflected lower Products margins (decrease of $1,960 million), driven mainly by lower margins from trading and optimisation and lower refining margins. Adjusted Earnings also reflected lower Chemicals margins (decrease of $415 million). These net losses were partly offset by lower operating expenses (decrease of $180 million) and favourable tax movements ($70 million).

    Identified items in the first half 2025 included impairment charges of $339 million and unfavourable movements of $153 million due to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives. These charges and unfavourable movements compare with the first half 2024 which included net impairment charges and reversals of $860 million mainly relating to assets in Singapore, and unfavourable movements of $163 million relating to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives.

             Page 8


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    In the first half 2025, Chemicals had negative Adjusted Earnings of $329 million and Products had positive Adjusted Earnings of $896 million.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the first half 2025 was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA, inflows related to the timing impact of payments relating to emission certificates and biofuel programmes of $492 million, and dividends (net of profits) from joint ventures and associates of $124 million. These inflows were partly offset by working capital outflows of $698 million, net cash outflows relating to commodity derivatives of $504 million, and non-cash cost of supplies adjustment of $266 million.

    Refinery utilisation was 89% compared with 92% in the first half 2024, mainly due to higher planned and unplanned maintenance.

    Chemicals manufacturing plant utilisation was 77%, at the same level as in the first half 2024.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without taxation and DD&A expenses.

             Page 9


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                         
     
    RENEWABLES AND ENERGY SOLUTIONS        
    Quarters $ million   Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   Reference 2025 2024 %
                     
    (254)   (247)   (75)   -3 Income/(loss) for the period   (501)   478    -205
    (245)   (205)   112      Of which: Identified items A (450)   501     
    (9)   (42)   (187)   +78 Adjusted Earnings A (51)   (24)   -116
    102    111    (91)   -8 Adjusted EBITDA A 213    175    +21
      367    847    -100 Cash flow from operating activities A 368    3,313    -89
    555    403    425      Cash capital expenditure C 958    863     
    70    76    74    -9 External power sales (terawatt hours)2   146    151    -3
    132    184    148    -28 Sales of pipeline gas to end-use customers (terawatt hours)3   315    338    -7

    1.Q2 on Q1 change

    2.Physical power sales to third parties; excluding financial trades and physical trade with brokers, investors, financial institutions, trading platforms, and wholesale traders.

    3.Physical natural gas sales to third parties; excluding financial trades and physical trade with brokers, investors, financial institutions, trading platforms, and wholesale traders. Excluding sales of natural gas by other segments and LNG sales.

    Renewables and Energy Solutions includes activities such as renewable power generation, the marketing and trading and optimisation of power and pipeline gas, as well as carbon credits, and digitally enabled customer solutions. It also includes the production and marketing of hydrogen, development of commercial carbon capture and storage hubs, investment in nature-based projects that avoid or reduce carbon emissions, and Shell Ventures, which invests in companies that work to accelerate the energy and mobility transformation.

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the first quarter 2025, reflected lower operating expenses (decrease of $54 million) and favourable tax movements ($33 million), partly offset by lower margins (decrease of $56 million).

    Most Renewables and Energy Solutions activities were loss-making in the second quarter 2025, which was partly offset by positive Adjusted Earnings from trading and optimisation.

    Identified items in the second quarter 2025 included unfavourable movements of $217 million due to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and impairment charges of $136 million, partly offset by gains of $108 million on sales of assets. These charges and favourable movements compare with the first quarter 2025 which included a loss of $143 million related to the disposal of assets. As part of Shell’s normal business, commodity derivative contracts are entered into as hedges for mitigation of economic exposures on future purchases, sales and inventory.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the second quarter 2025 was primarily driven by Adjusted EBITDA. This inflow was offset by working capital outflows of $128 million.

    Half Year Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the first half 2024, reflected lower margins (decrease of $140 million), mainly from trading and optimisation, partly offset by lower operating expenses (decrease of $115 million).

    Most Renewables and Energy Solutions activities were loss-making for the first half 2025, which was partly offset by positive Adjusted Earnings from trading and optimisation.

    Identified items in the first half 2025 included unfavourable movements of $196 million relating to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and impairment losses of $167 million. These net charges compare with the first half 2024 which included favourable movements of $529 million relating to the fair value accounting of commodity derivatives, partly offset by net impairment charges and reversals of $78 million. As part of Shell’s normal business, commodity derivative contracts are entered into for mitigation of economic exposures on future purchases, sales and inventory.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings.

             Page 10


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    Cash flow from operating activities for the first half 2025 was primarily driven by working capital inflows of $252 million and Adjusted EBITDA. These inflows were partly offset by net cash outflows related to derivatives of $235 million.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without taxation and DD&A expenses.

    Additional Growth Measures

                                                         
    Quarters     Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024     2025 2024 %
            Renewable power generation capacity (gigawatt):        
    3.9    3.5    3.3    +10 – In operation2   3.9    3.3    +16
    3.8    4.0    3.8    -5 – Under construction and/or committed for sale3   3.8    3.8    -1

    1.Q2 on Q1 change

    2.Shell’s equity share of renewable generation capacity post commercial operation date. It excludes Shell’s equity share of associates where information cannot be obtained.

    3.Shell’s equity share of renewable generation capacity under construction and/or committed for sale under long-term offtake agreements (PPA). It excludes Shell’s equity share of associates where information cannot be obtained.

                                             
     
    CORPORATE      
    Quarters $ million   Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   Reference 2025 2024
                 
    (539)   (483)   (1,656)   Income/(loss) for the period   (1,022)   (2,010)  
    (77)   (26)   (1,080)   Of which: Identified items A (102)   (1,066)  
    (463)   (457)   (576)   Adjusted Earnings A (920)   (944)  
    (346)   (261)   (213)   Adjusted EBITDA A (607)   (304)  
    (2,283)   (531)   (1,468)   Cash flow from operating activities A (2,814)   (2,013)  

    The Corporate segment covers the non-operating activities supporting Shell. It comprises Shell’s holdings and treasury organisation, headquarters and central functions, self-insurance activities and centrally managed longer-term innovation portfolio. All finance expense, income and related taxes are included in Corporate Adjusted Earnings rather than in the earnings of business segments.

    Quarter Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the first quarter 2025, reflected unfavourable tax movements and unfavourable currency exchange rate effects, partly offset by favourable net interest movements.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was mainly driven by unfavourable currency exchange rate effects.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the second quarter 2025 was primarily driven by working capital outflows of $1,715 million, which included a reduction in joint venture deposits, and Adjusted EBITDA.

    Half Year Analysis1

    Income/(loss) for the period was driven by the same factors as Adjusted Earnings and includes identified items.

    Adjusted Earnings, compared with the first half 2024, were primarily driven by favourable tax movements, partly offset by unfavourable currency exchange rate effects and unfavourable net interest movements.

    Identified items in the first half 2024 included reclassifications from equity to profit and loss of cumulative currency translation differences related to funding structures resulting in unfavourable movements of $1,122 million. These currency

    translation differences were previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity as part of

    accumulated other comprehensive income.

    Adjusted EBITDA2 was mainly driven by unfavourable currency exchange rate effects.

    Cash flow from operating activities for the first half 2025 was primarily driven by working capital outflows of $1,734 million, which included a reduction in joint venture deposits, and Adjusted EBITDA.

    1.All earnings amounts are shown post-tax, unless stated otherwise.

    2.Adjusted EBITDA is without taxation and DD&A expenses.

             Page 11


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    OUTLOOK FOR THE THIRD QUARTER 2025

    Full year 2024 cash capital expenditure was $21 billion. Our cash capital expenditure range for the full year 2025 is expected to be within $20 – $22 billion.

    Integrated Gas production is expected to be approximately 910 – 970 thousand boe/d. LNG liquefaction volumes are expected to be approximately 6.7 – 7.3 million tonnes.

    Upstream production is expected to be approximately 1,700 – 1,900 thousand boe/d.

    Marketing sales volumes are expected to be approximately 2,600 – 3,100 thousand b/d.

    Refinery utilisation is expected to be approximately 88% – 96%. Chemicals manufacturing plant utilisation is expected to be approximately 78% – 86%.

    Corporate Adjusted Earnings1 were a net expense of $463 million for the second quarter 2025. Corporate Adjusted Earnings are expected to be a net expense of approximately $500 – $700 million in the third quarter 2025.

    1.For the definition of Adjusted Earnings and the most comparable GAAP measure see Reference A.

    FORTHCOMING EVENTS

               
     
    Date Event
    October 30, 2025 Third quarter 2025 results and dividends

             Page 12


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                       
     
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME    
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    65,406    69,234    74,463    Revenue1 134,640    146,942   
    712    615    898    Share of profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates 1,327    2,216   
    326    302    (305)   Interest and other income/(expenses)2 628    602   
    66,443    70,152    75,057    Total revenue and other income/(expenses) 136,596    149,760   
    44,099    45,849    49,417    Purchases 89,948    96,284   
    4,909    5,549    5,593    Production and manufacturing expenses 10,459    11,403   
    3,077    2,840    3,094    Selling, distribution and administrative expenses 5,917    6,069   
    278    185    263    Research and development 464    475   
    360    210    496    Exploration 569    1,246   
    6,670    5,441    7,555    Depreciation, depletion and amortisation2 12,111    13,436   
    1,075    1,120    1,235    Interest expense 2,194    2,399   
    60,468    61,194    67,653    Total expenditure 121,662    131,312   
    5,975    8,959    7,404    Income/(loss) before taxation 14,934    18,447   
    2,332    4,083    3,754    Taxation charge/(credit)2 6,415    7,358   
    3,644    4,875    3,650    Income/(loss) for the period 8,519    11,089   
    43    95    133    Income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest 138    215   
    3,601    4,780    3,517    Income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders 8,381    10,874   
    0.61    0.79    0.55    Basic earnings per share ($)3 1.40    1.70   
    0.60    0.79    0.55    Diluted earnings per share ($)3 1.39    1.68   

    1.See Note 2 “Segment information”.

    2.See Note 7 “Other notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements”.

    3.See Note 3 “Earnings per share”.

                                       
     
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME    
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    3,644    4,875    3,650    Income/(loss) for the period 8,519    11,089   
          Other comprehensive income/(loss) net of tax:    
          Items that may be reclassified to income in later periods:    
    4,127    1,711    698    – Currency translation differences1 5,837    (1,296)  
        (12)   – Debt instruments remeasurements 14    (19)  
    (109)   (25)   14    – Cash flow hedging gains/(losses) (135)   67   
      (42)   (6)   – Deferred cost of hedging (37)   (20)  
    113    74    (50)   – Share of other comprehensive income/(loss) of joint ventures and associates 187    (62)  
    4,143    1,723    644    Total 5,866    (1,330)  
          Items that are not reclassified to income in later periods:    
    158    306    310    – Retirement benefits remeasurements 465    749   
    (8)   (16)   (81)   – Equity instruments remeasurements (24)   (3)  
    (23)   (36)   44    – Share of other comprehensive income/(loss) of joint ventures and associates (59)   55   
    128    254    273    Total 381    801   
    4,270    1,977    917    Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period 6,248    (529)  
    7,914    6,852    4,567    Comprehensive income/(loss) for the period 14,767    10,560   
    122    105    123    Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest 227    180   
    7,792    6,748    4,443    Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders 14,540    10,381   

    1.See Note 7 “Other notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements”.

             Page 13


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                     
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
    $ million    
      June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
    Assets    
    Non-current assets    
    Goodwill 16,332    16,032   
    Other intangible assets 11,338    9,480   
    Property, plant and equipment 186,461    185,219   
    Joint ventures and associates 23,456    23,445   
    Investments in securities 2,225    2,255   
    Deferred tax 7,524    6,857   
    Retirement benefits 10,980    10,003   
    Trade and other receivables 7,315    6,018   
    Derivative financial instruments1 692    374   
      266,323    259,683   
    Current assets    
    Inventories 23,283    23,426   
    Trade and other receivables 45,570    45,860   
    Derivative financial instruments1 9,443    9,673   
    Cash and cash equivalents 32,682    39,110   
      110,978    118,069   
    Assets classified as held for sale2 10,619    9,857   
      121,597    127,926   
    Total assets 387,920    387,609   
    Liabilities    
    Non-current liabilities    
    Debt 65,218    65,448   
    Trade and other payables 5,876    3,290   
    Derivative financial instruments1 1,037    2,185   
    Deferred tax 12,921    13,505   
    Retirement benefits 6,983    6,752   
    Decommissioning and other provisions 20,777    21,227   
      112,813    112,407   
    Current liabilities    
    Debt 10,457    11,630   
    Trade and other payables 58,379    60,693   
    Derivative financial instruments1 6,451    7,391   
    Income taxes payable 3,642    4,648   
    Decommissioning and other provisions 5,234    4,469   
      84,164    88,831   
    Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale2 7,856    6,203   
      92,020    95,034   
    Total liabilities 204,832    207,441   
    Equity attributable to Shell plc shareholders 181,137    178,307   
    Non-controlling interest 1,951    1,861   
    Total equity 183,088    180,168   
    Total liabilities and equity 387,920    387,609   

    1.    See Note 6 “Derivative financial instruments and debt excluding lease liabilities”.

    2. .See Note 7 “Other notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements”.

             Page 14


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                         
     
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
      Equity attributable to Shell plc shareholders      
    $ million Share capital1 Shares held in trust Other reserves² Retained earnings Total Non-controlling interest   Total equity
    At January 1, 2025 510    (803)   19,766    158,834    178,307    1,861      180,168   
    Comprehensive income/(loss) for the period —    —    6,159    8,381    14,540    227      14,767   
    Transfer from other comprehensive income —    —    18    (18)   —    —      —   
    Dividends³ —    —    —    (4,302)   (4,302)   (113)     (4,415)  
    Repurchases of shares4 (17)   —    17    (7,038)   (7,038)   —      (7,038)  
    Share-based compensation —    516    (486)   (426)   (396)   —      (396)  
    Other changes —    —    —    29    29    (24)      
    At June 30, 2025 493    (288)   25,473    155,458    181,137    1,951      183,088   
    At January 1, 2024 544    (997)   21,145    165,915    186,607    1,755      188,362   
    Comprehensive income/(loss) for the period —    —    (494)   10,874    10,381    180      10,560   
    Transfer from other comprehensive income —    —    170    (170)   —    —      —   
    Dividends3 —    —    —    (4,387)   (4,387)   (150)     (4,537)  
    Repurchases of shares4 (17)   —    17    (7,020)   (7,020)   —      (7,020)  
    Share-based compensation —    544    (213)   (406)   (76)   —      (76)  
    Other changes —    —    —    (96)   (96)   (1)     (98)  
    At June 30, 2024 528    (454)   20,625    164,709    185,407    1,783      187,190   

    1.    See Note 4 “Share capital”.

    2.    See Note 5 “Other reserves”.

    3.    The amount charged to retained earnings is based on prevailing exchange rates on payment date.

    4.     Includes shares committed to repurchase under an irrevocable contract and repurchases subject to settlement at the end of the quarter.

             Page 15


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                             
     
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS    
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025   Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    5,975      8,959    7,404    Income before taxation for the period 14,934    18,447   
            Adjustment for:    
    515      636    619    – Interest expense (net) 1,151    1,195   
    6,670      5,441    7,555    – Depreciation, depletion and amortisation1 12,111    13,436   
    206      28    269    – Exploration well write-offs 234    823   
    (128)     127    (143)   – Net (gains)/losses on sale and revaluation of non-current assets and businesses (1)   (154)  
    (712)     (615)   (898)   – Share of (profit)/loss of joint ventures and associates (1,327)   (2,216)  
    2,361      523    792    – Dividends received from joint ventures and associates1 2,884    1,530   
    (27)     854    (954)   – (Increase)/decrease in inventories 827    (1,562)  
    3,635      (2,610)   1,965    – (Increase)/decrease in current receivables 1,025    1,770   
    (3,994)     (907)   (1,269)   – Increase/(decrease) in current payables (4,901)   (3,218)  
    626      (244)   253    – Derivative financial instruments 381    1,638   
    (17)     (100)   (332)   – Retirement benefits (118)   (392)  
    (425)     (480)   (332)   – Decommissioning and other provisions (906)   (931)  
    684      570    2,027    – Other1 1,254    2,536   
    (3,432)     (2,900)   (3,448)   Tax paid (6,331)   (6,064)  
    11,937      9,281    13,508    Cash flow from operating activities 21,218    26,838   
    (5,393)     (3,748)   (4,445)      Capital expenditure (9,141)   (8,424)  
    (406)     (413)   (261)      Investments in joint ventures and associates (819)   (761)  
    (17)     (15)   (13)      Investments in equity securities (32)   (25)  
    (5,817)     (4,175)   (4,719)   Cash capital expenditure (9,993)   (9,211)  
    (57)     559    710    Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and businesses1 502    1,033   
        33    57    Proceeds from joint ventures and associates from sale, capital reduction and repayment of long-term loans 34    190   
    19          Proceeds from sale of equity securities 24    570   
    508      508    648    Interest received 1,016    1,224   
    360      506    883    Other investing cash inflows 866    1,740   
    (420)     (1,394)   (920)   Other investing cash outflows (1,814)   (2,414)  
    (5,406)     (3,959)   (3,338)   Cash flow from investing activities (9,365)   (6,866)  
    (208)     80    (179)   Net increase/(decrease) in debt with maturity period within three months (127)   (286)  
            Other debt:    
    180      139    132    – New borrowings 319    299   
    (4,075)     (2,514)   (4,154)   – Repayments (6,589)   (5,686)  
    (1,212)     (846)   (1,287)   Interest paid (2,059)   (2,198)  
    896      326    (115)   Derivative financial instruments 1,222    (412)  
    —      (25)   (1)   Change in non-controlling interest (25)   (5)  
            Cash dividends paid to:    
    (2,122)     (2,179)   (2,177)   – Shell plc shareholders (4,300)   (4,387)  
    (27)     (86)   (82)   – Non-controlling interest (113)   (150)  
    (3,533)     (3,311)   (3,958)   Repurchases of shares (6,844)   (6,782)  
    (5)     (768)   (24)   Shares held in trust: net sales/(purchases) and dividends received (773)   (486)  
    (10,106)     (9,183)   (11,846)   Cash flow from financing activities (19,289)   (20,094)  
    655      353    (126)   Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 1,008    (505)  
    (2,919)     (3,509)   (1,801)   Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (6,428)   (627)  
    35,601      39,110    39,949    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 39,110    38,774   
    32,682      35,601    38,148    Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 32,682    38,148   

    1.See Note 7 “Other notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements”.

             Page 16


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    1. Basis of preparation

    These unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements of Shell plc (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Shell”) have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and adopted by the UK, and on the basis of the same accounting principles as those used in the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts (pages 240 to 312) for the year ended December 31, 2024, as filed with the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales and as filed with the Autoriteit Financiële Markten (the Netherlands) and Amendment No. 1 to Form 20-F (“Form 20-F/A”) (pages 10 to 83) for the year ended December 31, 2024, as filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission, and should be read in conjunction with these filings.

    The financial information presented in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements does not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of section 434(3) of the Companies Act 2006 (“the Act”). Statutory accounts for the year ended December 31, 2024, were published in Shell’s Annual Report and Accounts, a copy of which was delivered to the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales. The auditor’s report on those accounts was unqualified, did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditor drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying the report and did not contain a statement under sections 498(2) or 498(3) of the Act.

    Going Concern

    These unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements have been prepared on the going concern basis of accounting. In assessing the appropriateness of the going concern assumption over the period to December 31, 2026 (the ‘going concern period’), management have stress-tested Shell’s most recent financial projections to incorporate a range of potential future outcomes by considering Shell’s principal risks, potential downside pressures on commodity prices and long-term demand, and cash preservation measures, including reduced cash capital expenditure and shareholder distributions. This assessment confirmed that Shell has adequate cash, other liquid resources and undrawn credit facilities to enable it to meet its obligations as they fall due in order to continue its operations during the going concern period. Therefore, the Directors consider it appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing these unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

    Key accounting considerations, significant judgements and estimates

    Future commodity price assumptions, which represent a significant estimate, were subject to change in the second quarter 2025 (See Note 7). Noting continued volatility in markets, price assumptions remain under review.

    The discount rates applied for impairment testing and the discount rate applied to provisions are reviewed on a regular basis. Both discount rates applied in the first half year 2025 remain unchanged compared with 2024.

    2. Segment information

    With effect from January 1, 2025, segment earnings are presented on an Adjusted Earnings basis (Adjusted Earnings), which is the earnings measure used by the Chief Executive Officer, who serves as the Chief Operating Decision Maker, for the purposes of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance. This aligns with Shell’s focus on performance, discipline and simplification.

    The Adjusted Earnings measure is presented on a current cost of supplies (CCS) basis and aims to facilitate a comparative understanding of Shell’s financial performance from period to period by removing the effects of oil price changes on inventory carrying amounts and removing the effects of identified items. Identified items are in some cases driven by external factors and may, either individually or collectively, hinder the comparative understanding of Shell’s financial results from period to period.

    The segment earnings measure used until December 31, 2024 was CCS earnings. The difference between CCS earnings and Adjusted Earnings are the identified items. Comparative periods are presented below on an Adjusted Earnings basis.

             Page 17


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    ADJUSTED EARNINGS BY SEGMENT

                                                   
     
    Q2 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders             3,601
    Income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest             43
    Income/(loss) for the period 1,838    2,008    766    (174)   (254)   (539)   3,644   
    Add: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation     104    333        436
    Add: Tax on current cost of supplies adjustment     (24)   (91)       (115)
    Less: Identified items before taxation (102)   271    (460)   (64)   (300)   (63)   (717)
    Add: Tax on identified items (203)   (5)   (106)   (13)   (55)   14    (369)
    Adjusted Earnings 1,737    1,732    1,199    118    (9)   (463)   4,314   
    Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders             4,264
    Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest             50
                                                   
     
    Q1 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders             4,780
    Income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest             95
    Income/(loss) for the period 2,789    2,080    814    (77)   (247)   (483)   4,875
    Add: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation     52    (67)       (15)
    Add: Tax on current cost of supplies adjustment     (14)   12        (2)
    Less: Identified items before taxation 348    121    (44)   (679)   (260)     (510)
    Add: Tax on identified items 43    378      (99)   (54)   29    301
    Adjusted Earnings 2,483    2,337    900    449    (42)   (457)   5,670
    Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders             5,577
    Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest             94
                                                   
     
    Q2 2024 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders             3,517
    Income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest             133
    Income/(loss) for the period 2,454    2,179    202    545    (75)   (1,656)   3,650
    Add: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation     74    59        133
    Add: Tax on current cost of supplies adjustment     (19)   (17)       (36)
    Less: Identified items before taxation (260)   (215)   (1,111)   (333)   198    (1,105)   (2,826)
    Add: Tax on identified items (40)   (58)   (286)   165    87    (25)   (157)
    Adjusted Earnings 2,675    2,336    1,082    1,085    (187)   (576)   6,415
    Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders             6,293
    Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest             122

             Page 18


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                   
     
    Half year 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders             8,381
    Income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest             138
    Income/(loss) for the period 4,627    4,088    1,580    (252)   (501)   (1,022)   8,519
    Add: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation     156    266        422
    Add: Tax on current cost of supplies adjustment     (38)   (79)       (116)
    Less: Identified items before taxation 246    392    (504)   (743)   (559)   (59)   (1,227)
    Add: Tax on identified items (160)   373    (102)   (111)   (110)   43    (68)
    Adjusted Earnings 4,220    4,068    2,100    567    (51)   (920)   9,984
    Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders             9,841
    Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest             144
                                                   
     
    Half year 2024 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders             10,874
    Income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interest             215
    Income/(loss) for the period 5,215    4,451    1,099    1,856    478    (2,010)   11,089
    Add: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation     (79)   (148)       (227)
    Add: Tax on current cost of supplies adjustment     11    37        48
    Less: Identified items before taxation (1,336)   (261)   (1,123)   (908)   668    (1,111)   (4,070)
    Add: Tax on identified items (197)   (443)   (290)   48    167    (45)   (761)
    Adjusted Earnings 6,354    4,270    1,863    2,700    (24)   (944)   14,219
    Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders             14,027
    Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest             192

    CASH CAPITAL EXPENDITURE BY SEGMENT

    Cash capital expenditure is a measure used by the Chief Executive Officer for the purposes of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance.

                                                   
     
    Q2 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Capital expenditure 988    2,774    427    704    468    32    5,393
    Add: Investments in joint ventures and associates 209    52      71    72      406
    Add: Investment in equity securities —    —    —    —    16      17
    Cash capital expenditure 1,196    2,826    429    775    555    36    5,817
                                                   
     
    Q1 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Capital expenditure 943    1,727    252    451    358    17    3,748
    Add: Investments in joint ventures and associates 174    197        30      413
    Add: Investments in equity securities —    —    —    —    14    —    15
    Cash capital expenditure 1,116    1,923    256    458    403    19    4,175

             Page 19


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                   
     
    Q2 2024 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Capital expenditure 1,024    1,769    644    601    377    30    4,445
    Add: Investments in joint ventures and associates 127    60    —    37    35      261
    Add: Investments in equity securities —    —    —    —    13    —    13
    Cash Capital expenditure 1,151    1,829    644    638    425    32    4,719
                                                   
     
    Half year 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Capital expenditure 1,930    4,501    679    1,155    826    49    9,141
    Add: Investments in joint ventures and associates 383    248      78    102      819
    Add: Investment in equity securities —    —    —    —    30      32
    Cash capital expenditure 2,313    4,749    684    1,233    958    54    9,993
                                                   
     
    Half year 2024 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Capital expenditure 1,882    3,535    1,071    1,074    797    64    8,424
    Add: Investments in joint ventures and associates 310    304    38    63    43      761
    Add: Investments in equity securities —    —    —    —    22      25
    Cash capital expenditure 2,192    3,839    1,109    1,138    863    69    9,211

    REVENUE BY SEGMENT

    Third-party revenue includes revenue from sources other than from contracts with customers, which mainly comprises the impact of fair value accounting of commodity derivatives.

                                                   
     
    Q2 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Revenue:              
         Third-party 9,576    1,193    28,241    18,388    7,996    12    65,406
         Inter-segment 2,412    8,502    2,177    8,775    835    —    22,701
                                                   
     
    Q1 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Revenue:              
         Third-party 9,602    1,510    27,083    21,610    9,417    12    69,234
         Inter-segment 2,675    9,854    1,849    8,255    1,164    —    23,797

             Page 20


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                   
     
    Q2 2024 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Revenue:              
         Third-party 9,052    1,590    32,005    24,583    7,222    11    74,463
         Inter-segment 2,157    10,102    1,363    9,849    957    —    24,428
                                                   
     
    Half year 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Revenue:              
         Third-party 19,179    2,703    55,324    39,998    17,413    23    134,640
         Inter-segment 5,086    18,356    4,026    17,030    1,999    —    46,498
                                                   
     
    Half year 2024 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Revenue:              
         Third-party 18,247    3,349    62,045    48,319    14,959    22    146,942
         Inter-segment 4,560    20,390    2,718    20,161    1,962    —    49,791

    Identified items

    The objective of identified items is to remove material impacts on net income/loss arising from transactions which are generally uncontrollable and unusual (infrequent or non-recurring) in nature or giving rise to a mismatch between accounting and economic results, or certain transactions that are generally excluded from underlying results in the industry.

    Identified items comprise: divestment gains and losses, impairments and impairment reversals, redundancy and restructuring, fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts that gives rise to a mismatch between accounting and economic results, the impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on certain deferred tax balances, and other items.

             Page 21


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                   
     
    Q2 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation              
    Divestment gains/(losses) 63 344 (56) (9) 119 (4) 457
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (672) (3) (370) (78) (138) (1,261)
    Redundancy and restructuring (7) (6) (57) (37) (1) (12) (119)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 514 1 23 61 (280) 319
    Other2 (65) (1) (47) (113)
    Total identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation (102) 271 (460) (64) (300) (63) (717)
    Less: Total identified items included in Taxation charge/(credit) (203) (5) (106) (13) (55) 14 (369)
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) for the period              
    Divestment gains/(losses) 54 350 (44) (7) 108 (3) 458
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (423) (2) (285) (62) (136) (908)
    Redundancy and restructuring (4) (2) (44) (29) (8) (88)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 454 19 49 (217) 307
    Impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on tax balances3 20 22 (19) 23
    Other2 (92) (1) (47) (139)
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings 101 276 (354) (51) (245) (77) (348)
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders 101 276 (354) (51) (245) (77) (348)

    1.Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts: In the ordinary course of business, Shell enters into contracts to supply or purchase oil and gas products, as well as power and environmental products. Shell also enters into contracts for tolling, pipeline and storage capacity. Derivative contracts are entered into for mitigation of resulting economic exposures (generally price exposure) and these derivative contracts are carried at period-end market price (fair value), with movements in fair value recognised in income for the period. Supply and purchase contracts entered into for operational purposes, as well as contracts for tolling, pipeline and storage capacity, are, by contrast, recognised when the transaction occurs; furthermore, inventory is carried at historical cost or net realisable value, whichever is lower. As a consequence, accounting mismatches occur because: (a) the supply or purchase transaction is recognised in a different period; or (b) the inventory is measured on a different basis. In addition, certain contracts are, due to pricing or delivery conditions, deemed to contain embedded derivatives or written options and are also required to be carried at fair value even though they are entered into for operational purposes. The accounting impacts are reported as identified items.

    2.Other identified items represent other credits or charges that based on Shell management’s assessment hinder the comparative understanding of Shell’s financial results from period to period.

    3.Impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on tax balances represents the impact on tax balances of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments arising on: (a) the conversion to dollars of the local currency tax base of non-monetary assets and liabilities, as well as recognised tax losses (this primarily impacts the Integrated Gas and Upstream segments); and (b) the conversion of dollar-denominated inter-segment loans to local currency, leading to taxable exchange rate gains or losses (this primarily impacts the Corporate segment).

             Page 22


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                   
     
    Q1 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation              
    Divestment gains/(losses) (1) 154 (57) (15) (187) (106)
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (21) 10 (293) (38) (341)
    Redundancy and restructuring (1) (15) (9) (13) (9) 4 (44)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 420 (1) 12 (258) 20 194
    Other1 (70) 4 (101) (46) (212)
    Total identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation 348 121 (44) (679) (260) 4 (510)
    Less: Total identified items included in Taxation charge/(credit) 43 378 4 (99) (54) 29 301
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) for the period              
    Divestment gains/(losses) 8 (61) (12) (143) (208)
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (15) 6 (277) (31) (317)
    Redundancy and restructuring (1) (5) (1) (12) (7) 2 (24)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 362 7 (202) 20 187
    Impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on tax balances1 4 132 (28) 108
    Other1 (59) (377) (77) (45) (558)
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings 306 (257) (49) (581) (205) (26) (811)
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders 306 (257) (49) (581) (205) (26) (811)

    1.For a detailed description, see the corresponding footnotes to the Q2 2025 identified items table above.

                                                   
     
    Q2 2024 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation              
    Divestment gains/(losses) 2 131 (60) (8) 79 143
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (18) (80) (1,055) (619) (161) (1,932)
    Redundancy and restructuring (9) (56) (69) (30) (45) (2) (211)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 (102) (29) 63 211 318 461
    Other1,2 (133) (181) 10 113 7 (1,103) (1,287)
    Total identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation (260) (215) (1,111) (333) 198 (1,105) (2,826)
    Less: Total identified items included in Taxation charge/(credit) (40) (58) (286) 165 87 (25) (157)
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) for the period              
    Divestment gains/(losses) 1 114 (45) (6) 71 135
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (15) (67) (783) (708) (155) (1,728)
    Redundancy and restructuring (6) (33) (50) (23) (33) (1) (147)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 (98) (7) 45 156 223 319
    Impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on tax balances1 10 (4) 43 49
    Other1,2 (113) (160) 7 83 5 (1,122) (1,298)
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings (220) (157) (825) (499) 112 (1,080) (2,669)
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest 18 18
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders (220) (157) (825) (517) 112 (1,080) (2,687)

    1.For a detailed description, see the corresponding footnotes to the Q2 2025 identified items table above.

             Page 23


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    2.Corporate includes reclassifications from equity to profit and loss of cumulative currency translation differences related to funding structures resulting in unfavourable movements of $1,122 million. These currency translation differences were previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity as part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

                                                   
     
    Half year 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation              
    Divestment gains/(losses) 62 498 (113) (24) (68) (4) 351
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (672) (24) (360) (371) (176) (1,602)
    Redundancy and restructuring (8) (21) (66) (50) (10) (9) (164)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 934 35 (196) (260) 512
    Other1 (70) (61) (102) (46) (47) (325)
    Total identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation 246 392 (504) (743) (559) (59) (1,227)
    Less: Total identified items included in Taxation charge/(credit) (160) 373 (102) (111) (110) 43 (68)
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) for the period              
    Divestment gains/(losses) 53 358 (105) (19) (35) (3) 250
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (423) (17) (278) (339) (167) (1,225)
    Redundancy and restructuring (5) (7) (45) (42) (7) (6) (112)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 817 26 (153) (196) 494
    Impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on tax balances1 24 154 (47) 131
    Other1 (59) (469) (78) (45) (47) (697)
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings 407 19 (402) (631) (450) (102) (1,160)
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders 407 19 (402) (631) (450) (102) (1,160)

    1.For a detailed description, see the corresponding footnotes to the Q2 2025 identified items table above.

             Page 24


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                   
     
    Half year 2024 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation              
    Divestment gains/(losses) (1) 158 (75) (17) 89 154
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (26) (176) (1,059) (797) (102) (2,159)
    Redundancy and restructuring (10) (69) (90) (49) (60) (7) (284)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 (1,169) (31) 69 (205) 717 (619)
    Other1,2 (129) (143) 33 158 24 (1,103) (1,161)
    Total identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation (1,336) (261) (1,123) (908) 668 (1,111) (4,070)
    Less: Total identified items included in Taxation charge/(credit) (197) (443) (290) 48 167 (45) (761)
    Identified items included in Income/(loss) for the period              
    Divestment gains/(losses) 124 (56) (13) 77 131
    Impairment reversals/(impairments) (20) (169) (786) (860) (78) (1,914)
    Redundancy and restructuring (6) (42) (65) (37) (44) (5) (200)
    Fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts1 (985) (8) 50 (163) 529 (576)
    Impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on tax balances1 (17) 408 61 452
    Other1,2 (110) (131) 25 118 18 (1,122) (1,202)
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings (1,139) 182 (832) (956) 501 (1,066) (3,310)
    Impact on Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interest 18 18
    Impact on adjusted earnings attributable to Shell plc shareholders (1,139) 182 (832) (974) 501 (1,066) (3,328)

    1.For a detailed description, see the corresponding footnotes to the Q2 2025 identified items table above.

    2.Corporate includes reclassifications from equity to profit and loss of cumulative currency translation differences related to funding structures resulting in unfavourable movements of $1,122 million. These currency translation differences were previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity as part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

    The identified items categories above may include after-tax impacts of identified items of joint ventures and associates which are fully reported within “Share of profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates” in the Consolidated Statement of Income, and fully reported as identified items included in Income/(loss) before taxation in the table above. Identified items related to subsidiaries are consolidated and reported across appropriate lines of the Consolidated Statement of Income.

    3. Earnings per share

                                       
     
    EARNINGS PER SHARE
    Quarters   Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    3,601    4,780    3,517    Income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders ($ million) 8,381    10,874   
               
          Weighted average number of shares used as the basis for determining:    
    5,947.9    6,033.5    6,355.4    Basic earnings per share (million) 5,990.5    6,397.7   
    6,004.7    6,087.8    6,417.6    Diluted earnings per share (million) 6,046.0    6,461.0   

             Page 25


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    4. Share capital

                           
     
    ISSUED AND FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES OF €0.07 EACH
      Number of shares   Nominal value
    ($ million)
    At January 1, 2025 6,115,031,158      510   
    Repurchases of shares (202,687,052)     (17)  
    At June 30, 2025 5,912,344,106      493   
    At January 1, 2024 6,524,109,049      544   
    Repurchases of shares (199,993,563)     (17)  
    At June 30, 2024 6,324,115,486      528   

    At Shell plc’s Annual General Meeting on May 20, 2025, the Board was authorised to allot ordinary shares in Shell plc, and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert, any security into ordinary shares in Shell plc, up to an aggregate nominal amount of approximately €140 million (representing approximately 2,007 million ordinary shares of €0.07 each), and to list such shares or rights on any stock exchange. This authority expires at the earlier of the close of business on August 19, 2026, or the end of the Annual General Meeting to be held in 2026, unless previously renewed, revoked or varied by Shell plc in a general meeting.

    5. Other reserves

                                             
     
    OTHER RESERVES
    $ million Merger reserve Share premium reserve Capital redemption reserve Share plan reserve Accumulated other comprehensive income Total
    At January 1, 2025 37,298    154    270    1,417    (19,373)   19,766   
    Other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders —    —    —    —    6,159    6,159   
    Transfer from other comprehensive income —    —    —    —    18    18   
    Repurchases of shares —    —    17    —    —    17   
    Share-based compensation —    —    —    (486)   —    (486)  
    At June 30, 2025 37,298    154    287    930    (13,196)   25,473   
    At January 1, 2024 37,298    154    236    1,308    (17,851)   21,145   
    Other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Shell plc shareholders —    —    —    —    (494)   (494)  
    Transfer from other comprehensive income —    —    —    —    170    170   
    Repurchases of shares —    —    17    —    —    17   
    Share-based compensation —    —    —    (213)   —    (213)  
    At June 30, 2024 37,298    154    253    1,095    (18,175)   20,625   

    The merger reserve and share premium reserve were established as a consequence of Shell plc (formerly Royal Dutch Shell plc) becoming the single parent company of Royal Dutch Petroleum Company and The “Shell” Transport and Trading Company, p.l.c., now The Shell Transport and Trading Company Limited, in 2005. The merger reserve increased in 2016 following the issuance of shares for the acquisition of BG Group plc. The capital redemption reserve was established in connection with repurchases of shares of Shell plc. The share plan reserve is in respect of equity-settled share-based compensation plans.

    6. Derivative financial instruments and debt excluding lease liabilities

    As disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2024, presented in the Annual Report and Accounts and Form 20-F/A for that year, Shell is exposed to the risks of changes in fair value of its financial assets and liabilities. The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities are defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair values at June 30, 2025, are consistent with those used in the year ended December 31, 2024, though the carrying amounts of derivative financial instruments have changed since that date.

             Page 26


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    The movement of the derivative financial instruments between December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2025, is a decrease of $230 million for the current assets and a decrease of $940 million for the current liabilities.

    The table below provides the comparison of the fair value with the carrying amount of debt excluding lease liabilities, disclosed in accordance with IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures.

                     
     
    DEBT EXCLUDING LEASE LIABILITIES
    $ million June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
    Carrying amount1 46,720    48,376   
    Fair value2 42,864    44,119   

    1.    Shell issued no debt under the US shelf or under the Euro medium-term note programmes since November 2021 and September 2020, respectively. The US shelf programme has lapsed and management aims to renew it during the second half of 2025.

    2.     Mainly determined from the prices quoted for these securities.

    7. Other notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

    Consolidated Statement of Income

    Interest and other income

                                       
     
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    326    302    (305)   Interest and other income/(expenses) 628    602   
          Of which:    
    559    481    616    Interest income 1,040    1,204   
    44      30    Dividend income (from investments in equity securities) 45    53   
    128    (127)   143    Net gains/(losses) on sales and revaluation of non-current assets and businesses   154   
    (447)   (137)   (1,169)   Net foreign exchange gains/(losses) on financing activities (584)   (1,103)  
    42    85    74    Other 127    293   

    Depreciation, depletion and amortisation

                                       
     
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    6,670    5,441    7,555    Depreciation, depletion and amortisation 12,111    13,436   
          Of which:    
    5,463 5,130 5,642 Depreciation 10,593    11,296   
    1,238 311 1,984 Impairments 1,549    2,365   
    (31) (1) (71) Impairment reversals (32)   (225)  

    Impairments recognised in the second quarter 2025 of $1,238 million pre-tax ($877 million post-tax) principally relate to Integrated Gas ($666 million) and Marketing ($399 million). Impairments recognised in Integrated Gas were triggered by lower commodity prices applied in impairment testing.

    Impairments recognised in the second quarter 2024 of $1,984 million pre-tax ($1,778 million post-tax) mainly relate to Marketing ($1,055 million), Chemicals and Products ($690 million) and Renewables and Energy Solutions ($141 million).

    Taxation charge/credit

                                       
     
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    2,332    4,083    3,754    Taxation charge/(credit) 6,415    7,358   
          Of which:    
    2,277 4,024 3,666 Income tax excluding Pillar Two income tax 6,301    7,192   
    55 59 88 Income tax related to Pillar Two income tax 113    167

             Page 27


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    As required by IAS 12 Income Taxes, Shell has applied the exception to recognising and disclosing information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes.

    Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

    Currency translation differences

                                       
     
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    4,127    1,711    698    Currency translation differences 5,837    (1,296)  
          Of which:    
    4,117 1,618 (406) Recognised in Other comprehensive income 5,736    (2,388)  
    9 92 1,104 (Gain)/loss reclassified to profit or loss 101    1,092

    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

    Assets classified as held for sale

                     
     
    $ million    
      June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
    Assets classified as held for sale 10,619    9,857   
    Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale 7,856    6,203   

    Assets classified as held for sale and associated liabilities at June 30, 2025, principally relate to Shell’s UK offshore oil and gas assets in Upstream and mining interests in Canada in Chemicals and Products. Upon completion of the sale, Shell’s UK offshore assets will be derecognised in exchange for a 50% interest in a newly formed joint venture.

    The major classes of assets and liabilities classified as held for sale at June 30, 2025, are Property, plant and equipment ($9,759 million; December 31, 2024: $8,283 million), Deferred tax liabilities ($3,312 million; December 31, 2024: $2,042 million) and Decommissioning and other provisions ($3,165 million; December 31, 2024: $3,053 million).

    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

    Cash flow from operating activities – Other

                                       
     
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    684    570    2,027    Other 1,254    2,536   

    ‘Cash flow from operating activities – Other’ for the second quarter 2025 includes $979 million of net inflows (first quarter 2025: $652 million net inflows; second quarter 2024: $620 million net inflows) due to the timing of payments relating to emission certificates and biofuel programmes in Europe and North America and $439 million in relation to reversal of currency exchange gains on Cash and cash equivalents (first quarter 2025: $255 million gains; second quarter 2024: $96 million losses). In addition, the second quarter 2024 includes $1,104 million inflow representing reversal of the non-cash recycling of currency translation losses from other comprehensive income.

    Dividends received from joint ventures and associates

                                       
     
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    2,361    523    792    Dividends received from joint ventures and associates 2,884    1,530   

    In the second quarter 2025, a cash dividend of $1,727 million was received from a joint venture in Upstream.

    Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and businesses

             Page 28


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                       
     
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    (57)   559    710    Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and businesses 502    1,033   

    In the second quarter 2025, Shell completed the sale of a business that held $216 million of cash and cash equivalents, that was agreed to be transferred in the sale, resulting in a cash outflow in ‘Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and businesses’. Sales proceeds were received and recognised in the Consolidated statement of Cash Flows in the first quarter 2025.

    8. Reconciliation of Operating expenses and Total Debt

                                       
     
    RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING EXPENSES    
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    4,909    5,549    5,593    Production and manufacturing expenses 10,459    11,403   
    3,077    2,840    3,094    Selling, distribution and administrative expenses 5,917    6,069   
    278    185    263    Research and development 464    475   
    8,265    8,575    8,950    Operating expenses 16,840    17,947   
                                       
     
    RECONCILIATION OF TOTAL DEBT    
         
               
    June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024 $ million June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024
    10,457    11,391    10,849    Current debt 10,457    10,849   
    65,218    65,120    64,619    Non-current debt 65,218    64,619   
    75,675    76,511    75,468    Total debt 75,675    75,468   

    9. Post-balance sheet events

    On July 1, 2023, new pension legislation (“Wet Toekomst Pensioenen” (WTP)) came into effect in the Netherlands, with an expected implementation required prior to January 1, 2028. In July 2025, the Trustee Board of the Stichting Shell Pensioen Fonds (“SSPF”), Shell’s defined benefit pension fund in the Netherlands, formally accepted the transition plan to transition from a defined benefit pension fund to a defined contribution plan with effect from January 1, 2027, subject to the local funding level of the plan remaining above an agreed level (125%) during a predetermined transition period.

    In accordance with asset ceiling principles, in the third quarter 2025, Shell will recognise an adjustment to reduce the pension fund surplus (June 30, 2025: $5,521 million) to nil, and recognise a liability for a minimum funding requirement estimated at $750 million, resulting in a loss in Other Comprehensive Income. In addition, a net deferred tax liability of $1,617 million will be unwound, leading to an overall net post-tax loss of $4,654 million recognised in Other Comprehensive Income resulting in an increase in gearing of 0.4 percentage points. Subsequently, at the date of transition and settlement (expected December 31, 2026), the surplus at that date will be de-recognised, resulting in an identified loss in the Consolidated Statement of Income. The extent to which the funding level will meet the agreed 125% threshold is subject to uncertainty and the asset ceiling recognised will continue to be monitored in accordance with IAS 19 Employee Benefits.

             Page 29


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE (NON-GAAP) MEASURES

    A.Adjusted Earnings, Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation (“Adjusted EBITDA”) and Cash flow from operating activities

    The “Adjusted Earnings” measure aims to facilitate a comparative understanding of Shell’s financial performance from period to period by removing the effects of oil price changes on inventory carrying amounts and removing the effects of identified items. These items are in some cases driven by external factors and may, either individually or collectively, hinder the comparative understanding of Shell’s financial results from period to period. This measure excludes earnings attributable to non-controlling interest when presenting the total Shell Group result but includes these items when presenting individual segment Adjusted Earnings as set out in the table below.

    See Note 2 “Segment information” for the reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings.

    We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as “Income/(loss) for the period” adjusted for current cost of supplies; identified items; tax charge/(credit); depreciation, amortisation and depletion; exploration well write-offs and net interest expense. All items include the non-controlling interest component. Management uses this measure to evaluate Shell’s performance in the period and over time.

                                                   
     
    Q2 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Adjusted Earnings             4,264
    Add: Non-controlling interest             50
    Adjusted Earnings plus non-controlling interest 1,737 1,732 1,199 118 (9) (463) 4,314
    Add: Taxation charge/(credit) excluding tax impact of identified items 497 2,205 413 (103) 20 (217) 2,815
    Add: Depreciation, depletion and amortisation excluding impairments 1,585 2,353 557 872 90 6 5,463
    Add: Exploration well write-offs 3 203 206
    Add: Interest expense excluding identified items 53 171 12 16 2 820 1,074
    Less: Interest income 26 39 2 492 559
    Adjusted EBITDA 3,875 6,638 2,181 864 102 (346) 13,313
    Less: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation     104 333     436
    Joint ventures and associates (dividends received less profit) 92 1,542 161 70 10 1,876
    Derivative financial instruments 542 25 13 3 (66) 410 928
    Taxation paid (967) (1,948) (132) (87) (60) (238) (3,432)
    Other (265) (413) 533 471 142 (395) 74
    (Increase)/decrease in working capital 352 655 67 383 (128) (1,715) (386)
    Cash flow from operating activities 3,629 6,500 2,718 1,372 1 (2,283) 11,937
                                                   
     
    Q1 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Adjusted Earnings             5,577
    Add: Non-controlling interest             94
    Adjusted Earnings plus non-controlling interest 2,483 2,337 900 449 (42) (457) 5,670
    Add: Taxation charge/(credit) excluding tax impact of identified items 803 2,619 391 99 63 (191) 3,784
    Add: Depreciation, depletion and amortisation excluding impairments 1,404 2,213 566 852 90 6 5,130
    Add: Exploration well write-offs 29 28
    Add: Interest expense excluding identified items 51 200 12 14 2 841 1,119
    Less: Interest income 4 11 4 2 461 481
    Adjusted EBITDA 4,735 7,387 1,869 1,410 111 (261) 15,250
    Less: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation     52 (67)     (15)
    Joint ventures and associates (dividends received less profit) (286) (159) 203 54 10 (178)
    Derivative financial instruments 542 14 10 (508) (169) 73 (38)
    Taxation paid (773) (1,999) (174) 63 52 (68) (2,900)
    Other (68) (386) 396 125 (17) (257) (206)
    (Increase)/decrease in working capital (687) (913) (344) (1,081) 380 (19) (2,663)
    Cash flow from operating activities 3,463 3,945 1,907 130 367 (531) 9,281

             Page 30


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                   
     
    Q2 2024 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Adjusted Earnings             6,293
    Add: Non-controlling interest             122
    Adjusted Earnings plus non-controlling interest 2,675 2,336 1,082 1,085 (187) (576) 6,415
    Add: Taxation charge/(credit) excluding tax impact of identified items 940 2,312 359 297 (10) 49 3,947
    Add: Depreciation, depletion and amortisation excluding impairments 1,375 2,750 548 867 95 6 5,642
    Add: Exploration well write-offs 5 264 269
    Add: Interest expense excluding identified items 44 166 10 23 1 904 1,149
    Less: Interest income (1) 30 (9) 595 616
    Adjusted EBITDA 5,039 7,829 1,999 2,242 (91) (213) 16,806
    Less: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation     74 59     133
    Joint ventures and associates (dividends received less profit) 96 (288) (54) 46 64 (135)
    Derivative financial instruments (133) 9 7 304 607 (79) 713
    Taxation paid (1,039) (1,955) (17) (186) (138) (113) (3,448)
    Other (104) (341) (57) 263 180 20 (38)
    (Increase)/decrease in working capital 324 484 153 (361) 225 (1,083) (258)
    Cash flow from operating activities 4,183 5,739 1,958 2,249 847 (1,468) 13,508
                                                   
     
    Half year 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Adjusted Earnings             9,841
    Add: Non-controlling interest             144
    Adjusted Earnings plus non-controlling interest 4,220 4,068 2,100 567 (51) (920) 9,984
    Add: Taxation charge/(credit) excluding tax impact of identified items 1,299 4,824 804 (3) 83 (408) 6,599
    Add: Depreciation, depletion and amortisation excluding impairments 2,988 4,566 1,123 1,724 180 13 10,593
    Add: Exploration well write-offs 3 232 234
    Add: Interest expense excluding identified items 104 371 24 29 4 1,661 2,193
    Less: Interest income 4 37 1 43 3 953 1,040
    Adjusted EBITDA 8,610 14,024 4,049 2,274 213 (607) 28,563
    Less: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation     156 266     422
    Joint ventures and associates (dividends received less profit) (194) 1,384 365 124 20 1,698
    Derivative financial instruments 1,084 39 23 (504) (235) 484 891
    Taxation paid (1,741) (3,946) (306) (24) (8) (306) (6,331)
    Other (332) (799) 928 597 126 (651) (132)
    (Increase)/decrease in working capital (335) (257) (277) (698) 252 (1,734) (3,049)
    Cash flow from operating activities 7,092 10,445 4,625 1,502 368 (2,814) 21,218
                                                   
     
    Half year 2024 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Adjusted Earnings             14,027
    Add: Non-controlling interest             192
    Adjusted Earnings plus non-controlling interest 6,354 4,270 1,863 2,700 (24) (944) 14,219
    Add: Taxation charge/(credit) excluding tax impact of identified items 1,936 4,834 717 635 (9) (42) 8,071
    Add: Depreciation, depletion and amortisation excluding impairments 2,785 5,477 1,084 1,737 201 12 11,296
    Add: Exploration well write-offs 13 811 823
    Add: Interest expense excluding identified items 87 335 22 40 2 1,825 2,312
    Less: Interest income 9 44 (5) 1,155 1,204
    Adjusted EBITDA 11,175 15,717 3,686 5,068 175 (304) 35,517
    Less: Current cost of supplies adjustment before taxation     (79) (148)     (227)
    Joint ventures and associates (dividends received less profit) (101) (834) 38 102 78 (717)
    Derivative financial instruments (1,213) 5 (32) (98) 2,585 (228) 1,019
    Taxation paid (1,506) (3,757) (191) (205) (382) (23) (6,064)
    Other (59) (572) 337 (115) 151 124 (135)
    (Increase)/decrease in working capital 599 905 (639) (3,000) 706 (1,581) (3,010)
    Cash flow from operating activities 8,895 11,466 3,277 1,900 3,313 (2,013) 26,838

             Page 31


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    Identified items

    The objective of identified items is to remove material impacts on net income/loss arising from transactions which are generally uncontrollable and unusual (infrequent or non-recurring) in nature or giving rise to a mismatch between accounting and economic results, or certain transactions that are generally excluded from underlying results in the industry.

    Identified items comprise: divestment gains and losses, impairments and impairment reversals, redundancy and restructuring, fair value accounting of commodity derivatives and certain gas contracts that gives rise to a mismatch between accounting and economic results, the impact of exchange rate movements and inflationary adjustments on certain deferred tax balances, and other items.

    See Note 2 “Segment information” for details.

    B.    Adjusted Earnings per share

    Adjusted Earnings per share is calculated as Adjusted Earnings (see Reference A), divided by the weighted average number of shares used as the basis for basic earnings per share (see Note 3).

    C.    Cash capital expenditure

    Cash capital expenditure represents cash spent on maintaining and developing assets as well as on investments in the period. Management regularly monitors this measure as a key lever to delivering sustainable cash flows. Cash capital expenditure is the sum of the following lines from the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows: Capital expenditure, Investments in joint ventures and associates and Investments in equity securities.

    See Note 2 “Segment information” for the reconciliation of cash capital expenditure.

    D.    Capital employed and Return on average capital employed

    Return on average capital employed (“ROACE”) measures the efficiency of Shell’s utilisation of the capital that it employs.

    The measure refers to Capital employed which consists of total equity, current debt, and non-current debt reduced by cash and cash equivalents.

    In this calculation, the sum of Adjusted Earnings (see Reference A) plus non-controlling interest (NCI) excluding identified items for the current and previous three quarters, adjusted for after-tax interest expense and after-tax interest income, is expressed as a percentage of the average capital employed excluding cash and cash equivalents for the same period.

                           
     
    $ million Quarters
      Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024
    Current debt 10,849 11,046 12,114
    Non-current debt 64,619 68,886 72,252
    Total equity 187,190 188,304 192,094
    Less: Cash and cash equivalents (38,148) (39,949) (45,094)
    Capital employed – opening 224,511 228,286 231,366
    Current debt 10,457 11,391 10,849
    Non-current debt 65,218 65,120 64,619
    Total equity 183,088 180,670 187,190
    Less: Cash and cash equivalents (32,682) (35,601) (38,148)
    Capital employed – closing 226,081 221,580 224,511
    Capital employed – average 225,296 224,933 227,939

             Page 32


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                           
     
    $ million Quarters
      Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024
    Adjusted Earnings – current and previous three quarters (Reference A) 19,529 21,558 27,558
    Add: Income/(loss) attributable to NCI – current and previous three quarters 351 441 409
    Add: Current cost of supplies adjustment attributable to NCI – current and previous three quarters 25 25 (25)
    Less: Identified items attributable to NCI (Reference A) – current and previous three quarters 0 18 7
    Adjusted Earnings plus NCI excluding identified items – current and previous three quarters 19,904 22,005 27,935
    Add: Interest expense after tax – current and previous three quarters 2,577 2,639 2,650
    Less: Interest income after tax on cash and cash equivalents – current and previous three quarters 1,206 1,329 1,395
    Adjusted Earnings plus NCI excluding identified items before interest expense and interest income – current and previous three quarters 21,274 23,315 29,190
    Capital employed – average 225,296 224,933 227,939
    ROACE on an Adjusted Earnings plus NCI basis 9.4% 10.4% 12.8%

    E.    Net debt and gearing

    Net debt is defined as the sum of current and non-current debt, less cash and cash equivalents, adjusted for the fair value of derivative financial instruments used to hedge foreign exchange and interest rate risk relating to debt, and associated collateral balances. Management considers this adjustment useful because it reduces the volatility of net debt caused by fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates, and eliminates the potential impact of related collateral payments or receipts. Debt-related derivative financial instruments are a subset of the derivative financial instrument assets and liabilities presented on the balance sheet. Collateral balances are reported under “Trade and other receivables” or “Trade and other payables” as appropriate.

    Gearing is a measure of Shell’s capital structure and is defined as net debt (total debt less cash and cash equivalents) as a percentage of total capital (net debt plus total equity).

                           
     
    $ million  
      June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024
    Current debt 10,457    11,391    10,849   
    Non-current debt 65,218    65,120    64,619   
    Total debt 75,675    76,511    75,468   
    Of which: Lease liabilities 28,955    28,488    25,600   
    Add: Debt-related derivative financial instruments: net liability/(asset) 589    1,905    2,460   
    Add: Collateral on debt-related derivatives: net liability/(asset) (366)   (1,295)   (1,466)  
    Less: Cash and cash equivalents (32,682)   (35,601)   (38,148)  
    Net debt 43,216    41,521    38,314   
    Total equity 183,088    180,670    187,190   
    Total capital 226,304    222,190    225,505   
    Gearing 19.1  % 18.7  % 17.0  %

    F.    Operating expenses and Underlying operating expenses

    Operating expenses

    Operating expenses is a measure of Shell’s cost management performance, comprising the following items from the Consolidated Statement of Income: production and manufacturing expenses; selling, distribution and administrative expenses; and research and development expenses.

             Page 33


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                                   
       
    Q2 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Production and manufacturing expenses 899 1,940 179 1,459 431 4,909
    Selling, distribution and administrative expenses 30 43 2,319 441 138 106 3,077
    Research and development 36 71 49 38 23 61 278
    Operating expenses 965 2,055 2,547 1,939 592 168 8,265
                                                   
       
    Q1 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Production and manufacturing expenses 947 2,139 349 1,621 486 8 5,549
    Selling, distribution and administrative expenses 38 42 2,053 442 153 111 2,840
    Research and development 22 32 42 25 21 43 185
    Operating expenses 1,006 2,213 2,444 2,088 661 162 8,575
                                                   
       
    Q2 2024 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Production and manufacturing expenses 1,050 2,219 320 1,573 422 10 5,593
    Selling, distribution and administrative expenses 64 62 2,295 293 279 101 3,094
    Research and development 32 61 47 37 24 62 263
    Operating expenses 1,146 2,341 2,662 1,902 725 173 8,950
                                                   
       
    Half year 2025 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Production and manufacturing expenses 1,846 4,079 528 3,080 916 8 10,459
    Selling, distribution and administrative expenses 67 85 4,371 884 292 218 5,917
    Research and development 57 103 92 63 44 104 464
    Operating expenses 1,971 4,268 4,991 4,027 1,253 330 16,840
                                                   
       
    Half year 2024 $ million
      Integrated Gas Upstream Marketing Chemicals and Products Renewables and Energy Solutions Corporate Total
    Production and manufacturing expenses 2,006 4,487 685 3,207 1,001 16 11,403
    Selling, distribution and administrative expenses 126 120 4,483 713 437 190 6,069
    Research and development 58 119 81 71 36 111 475
    Operating expenses 2,190 4,726 5,249 3,990 1,475 317 17,947

    Underlying operating expenses

    Underlying operating expenses is a measure aimed at facilitating a comparative understanding of performance from period to period by removing the effects of identified items, which, either individually or collectively, can cause volatility, in some cases driven by external factors.

             Page 34


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                       
         
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    8,265    8,575    8,950    Operating expenses 16,840    17,947   
    (119)   (44)   (210)   Redundancy and restructuring (charges)/reversal (162)   (283)  
    (1)   (101)   (212)   (Provisions)/reversal (102)   (212)  
    —    23    123    Other 23    252   
    (120)   (121)   (299)   Total identified items (241)   (242)  
    8,145    8,453    8,651    Underlying operating expenses 16,598    17,704   

    G.    Free cash flow and Organic free cash flow

    Free cash flow is used to evaluate cash available for financing activities, including dividend payments and debt servicing, after investment in maintaining and growing the business. It is defined as the sum of “Cash flow from operating activities” and “Cash flow from investing activities”.

    Cash flows from acquisition and divestment activities are removed from Free cash flow to arrive at the Organic free cash flow, a measure used by management to evaluate the generation of free cash flow without these activities.

                                       
     
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    11,937    9,281    13,508    Cash flow from operating activities 21,218    26,838   
    (5,406)   (3,959)   (3,338)   Cash flow from investing activities (9,365)   (6,866)  
    6,531    5,322    10,170    Free cash flow 11,853    19,972   
    (36)   597    769    Less: Divestment proceeds (Reference I) 560    1,794   
    98    45    —    Add: Tax paid on divestments (reported under “Other investing cash outflows”) 143       
    792    130    189    Add: Cash outflows related to inorganic capital expenditure1 921    251   
    7,458    4,899    9,590    Organic free cash flow2 12,357    18,429   

    1.Cash outflows related to inorganic capital expenditure includes portfolio actions which expand Shell’s activities through acquisitions and restructuring activities as reported in capital expenditure lines in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

    2.Free cash flow less divestment proceeds, adding back outflows related to inorganic expenditure.

    H.    Cash flow from operating activities excluding working capital movements

    Working capital movements are defined as the sum of the following items in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows: (i) (increase)/decrease in inventories, (ii) (increase)/decrease in current receivables, and (iii) increase/(decrease) in current payables.

    Cash flow from operating activities excluding working capital movements is a measure used by Shell to analyse its operating cash generation over time excluding the timing effects of changes in inventories and operating receivables and payables from period to period.

                                       
     
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    11,937    9,281    13,508    Cash flow from operating activities 21,218    26,838   
    (27)   854    (954)   (Increase)/decrease in inventories 827    (1,562)  
    3,635    (2,610)   1,965    (Increase)/decrease in current receivables 1,025    1,770   
    (3,994)   (907)   (1,269)   Increase/(decrease) in current payables (4,901)   (3,218)  
    (386)   (2,663)   (258)   (Increase)/decrease in working capital (3,049)   (3,010)  
    12,323    11,944    13,766    Cash flow from operating activities excluding working capital movements 24,267    29,848   

    I.    Divestment proceeds

    Divestment proceeds represent cash received from divestment activities in the period. Management regularly monitors this measure as a key lever to deliver free cash flow.

             Page 35


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

                                       
     
    Quarters $ million Half year
    Q2 2025 Q1 2025 Q2 2024   2025 2024
    (57)   559 710 Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and businesses 502 1,033
      33 57 Proceeds from joint ventures and associates from sale, capital reduction and repayment of long-term loans 34 190
    19    5 2 Proceeds from sale of equity securities 24 570
    (36)   597 769 Divestment proceeds 560 1,794

    J.    Structural cost reduction

    The structural cost reduction target is used for the purpose of demonstrating how management drives cost discipline across the entire organisation, simplifying our processes and portfolio, and streamlining the way we work.

    Structural cost reduction describes the decrease in underlying operating expenses (see Reference F above) as a result of operational efficiencies, divestments, workforce reductions and other cost-saving measures that are expected to be sustainable compared with 2022 levels.

    The total change between periods in underlying operating expenses will reflect both structural cost reductions and other changes in spend, including market factors, such as inflation and foreign exchange impacts, as well as changes in activity levels and costs associated with new operations.

    Structural cost reductions are stewarded internally to support management’s oversight of spending over time. The 2028 target reflects annualised saving achieved by end-2028.

               
       
      $ million
    Structural cost reduction up to second quarter 2025 compared with 2022 levels (3,905)  
       
    Underlying operating expenses 2024 35,707
    Underlying operating expenses 2022 39,456
    Total decrease in Underlying operating expenses (3,749)  
    Of which:  
    Structural cost reductions (3,119)  
    Change in Underlying operating expenses excluding structural cost reduction (630)  
       
    Underlying operating expenses first half 2025 16,598
    Underlying operating expenses first half 2024 17,704   
    Total decrease in Underlying operating expenses (1,106)  
    Of which:  
    Structural cost reductions (786)  
    Change in Underlying operating expenses excluding structural cost reduction (320)  

             Page 36


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

    The principal risks and uncertainties affecting Shell are described in the Risk management and risk factors section of the Annual Report and Accounts (pages 134 to 144) and Form 20-F (pages 25 to 34) for the year ended December 31, 2024 and are summarised below. There are no material changes expected in those Risk Factors for the remaining six months of the financial year.

    1.Portfolio risks

    We are exposed to risks that could adversely affect the resilience of our overall portfolio of businesses. These include external risks such as macroeconomic risks, including fluctuating commodity prices and competitive forces. Our future performance depends on the successful development and deployment of new technologies that provide new products and solutions. In addition, our future hydrocarbon production depends on the delivery of integrated projects and our ability to replace proved oil and gas reserves. Many of our major projects and operations are conducted in joint arrangements or with associates. This could reduce our degree of control and our ability to identify and manage risks.

    2.Climate change and the energy transition

    Rising concerns about climate change and the effects of the energy transition pose multiple risks to Shell, including declines in the demand for and prices of our products, commercial risks from growing our low-carbon business, and adverse litigation and regulatory developments. The physical impacts of climate change could also adversely affect our assets and supply chains.

    3.Country risks

    We operate in more than 70 countries which have differing degrees of political, legal and fiscal stability. This has exposed, and could expose, us to a wide range of political developments that could result in changes to contractual terms, laws and regulations.

    4.Financial risks

    We are exposed to treasury risks, including liquidity risk, interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk and credit risk. We are affected by the global macroeconomic environment and the conditions of financial markets. These, and changes to certain demographic factors, also impact our pension assets and liabilities.

    5.Trading risks

    We are exposed to market, regulatory and conduct risks in our trading operations.

    6.Health, safety, security and the environment

    The nature of our operations exposes us, and the communities in which we work, to a wide range of health, safety, security and environment risks.

    7.Information technology and cybersecurity risks

    We rely heavily on information technology systems in our operations.

    8.Litigation and regulatory compliance

    Violations of laws carry fines and could expose us and/or our employees to criminal sanctions and civil suits. We have faced, and could also face, the risk of litigation and disputes worldwide.

    9.Reputation and risks to our licence to operate

    An erosion of our business reputation could have a material adverse effect on our brand, on our ability to secure new hydrocarbon or low-carbon opportunities, to access capital markets, and to attract and retain people, and on our licence to operate.

    10.Our people and culture

    The successful delivery of our strategy is dependent on our people and on a culture that aligns to our goals and reflects the changes we need to make as part of the energy transition.

    11.Other (generally applicable to an investment in securities)

    The Company’s Articles of Association determine the jurisdiction for shareholder disputes. This could limit shareholder remedies.

             Page 37


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    2025 PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENTS

    Integrated Gas

    In March 2025, we completed the previously announced acquisition of 100% of the shares in Pavilion Energy Pte. Ltd. (Pavilion Energy). Pavilion Energy, headquartered in Singapore, operates a global LNG trading business with contracted supply volume of approximately 6.5 million tonnes per annum (mtpa).

    In June 2025, we announced that the first cargo of liquefied natural gas (LNG) had left the LNG Canada facility on the west coast of Canada. Shell has a 40% working interest in the LNG Canada joint venture. Located in Kitimat, British Columbia, the facility will export LNG from two processing units or “trains” with a total capacity of 14 million tonnes per annum (mtpa).

    Upstream

    In January 2025, we announced the start of production at the Shell-operated Whale floating production facility in the Gulf of America. The Whale development is owned by Shell (60%, operator) and Chevron U.S.A. Inc. (40%).

    In February 2025, we announced production restart at the Penguins field in the UK North Sea with a modern floating, production, storage and offloading (FPSO) facility (Shell 50%, operator; NEO Energy 50%). The previous export route for this field was via the Brent Charlie platform, which ceased production in 2021 and is being decommissioned.

    In March 2025, we completed the sale of SPDC to Renaissance, as announced in January 2024.

    In March 2025, we announced the Final Investment Decision (FID) for Gato do Mato, a deep-water project in the pre-salt area of the Santos Basin, offshore Brazil. The Gato do Mato Consortium includes Shell (operator, 50%), Ecopetrol (30%), TotalEnergies (20%) and Pré-Sal Petróleo S.A. (PPSA) acting as the manager of the production sharing contract (PSC).

    In May 2025, we completed the previously announced agreement to increase our working interest in the Shell-operated Ursa platform in the Gulf of America from 45.39% to 61.35%.

    In May 2025, we announced the start of production at the floating production storage and offloading facility (FPSO) Alexandre de Gusmão in the Mero field in the Santos Basin offshore Brazil. The unitized Mero field is operated by Petrobras (38.6%), in partnership with Shell Brasil (19.3%), TotalEnergies (19.3%), CNPC (9.65%), CNOOC (9.65%) and Pré-Sal Petróleo S.A. (PPSA) (3.5%) representing the Government in the non-contracted area.

    In May 2025, we signed an agreement to acquire a 12.5% interest in the OML 118 Production Sharing Contract (OML 118 PSC) from TotalEnergies EP Nigeria Limited. Upon completion, Shell’s working interest in the OML 118 PSC is expected to increase from 55% to a maximum of 67.5%.

    Chemicals and Products

    In January 2025, CNOOC and Shell Petrochemicals Company Limited (CSPC), a 50:50 joint venture between Shell and CNOOC Petrochemicals Investment Ltd, took an FID to expand its petrochemical complex in Daya Bay, Huizhou, south China.

    In April 2025, we completed the previously announced sale of our Energy and Chemicals Park in Singapore to CAPGC Pte. Ltd. (CAPGC), a joint venture between Chandra Asri Capital Pte. Ltd. and Glencore Asian Holdings Pte. Ltd.

    In April 2025, we agreed to sell our 16.125% interest in Colonial Enterprises, Inc. (“Colonial”) to Colossus AcquireCo LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. and its institutional partners (collectively, “Brookfield”), for $1.45 billion. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and is expected to close in the fourth quarter of 2025.

    Renewables and Energy Solutions

    In January 2025, we completed the previously announced acquisition of a 100% equity stake in RISEC Holdings, LLC, which owns a 609-megawatt (MW) two-unit combined-cycle gas turbine power plant in Rhode Island, USA.

             Page 38


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT

    It is confirmed that to the best of our knowledge: (a) the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and as adopted by the UK; (b) the interim management report includes a fair review of the information required by Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule (DTR) 4.2.7R (indication of important events during the first six months of the financial year, and their impact on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements, and description of principal risks and uncertainties for the remaining six months of the financial year); and (c) the interim management report includes a fair review of the information required by DTR 4.2.8R (disclosure of related parties transactions and changes thereto).

    The Directors of Shell plc are shown on pages 152 to 155 in the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2024.

    On behalf of the Board

                                 
    Wael Sawan   Sinead Gorman    
    Chief Executive Officer   Chief Financial Officer    
    July 31, 2025   July 31, 2025    

             Page 39


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    INDEPENDENT REVIEW REPORT TO SHELL PLC

    Conclusion

    We have been engaged by Shell plc to review the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements (“Interim Statements”) and half year unaudited results (“half-yearly financial report”) for the six months ended June 30, 2025, which comprise the Consolidated Statement of Income, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet, the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and Notes 1 to 9. We have read the other information contained in the half-yearly financial report and considered whether it contains any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the information in the Interim Statements.

    Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the Interim Statements in the half-yearly financial report for the six months ended June 30, 2025 are not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting Standard 34 and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority.

    Basis for Conclusion

    We conducted our review in accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements (“ISRE”) 2410 (UK), “Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity” (ISRE) issued by the Financial Reporting Council. A review of interim financial information consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

    As disclosed in Note 1, Shell’s annual financial statements are prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards. The Interim Statements included in the half-yearly financial report have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting Standard 34 “Interim Financial Reporting”.

    Conclusions Relating to Going Concern

    Based on our review procedures, which are less extensive than those performed in an audit as described in the Basis of Conclusion section of this report, nothing has come to our attention to suggest that management have inappropriately adopted the going concern basis of accounting or that management have identified material uncertainties relating to going concern that are not appropriately disclosed.

    This conclusion is based on the review procedures performed in accordance with this ISRE, however future events or conditions may cause the entity to cease to continue as a going concern.

    Responsibilities of the Directors

    The Directors are responsible for preparing the half-yearly financial report in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority.

    In preparing the half-yearly financial report, the Directors are responsible for assessing the company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

    Auditor’s Responsibilities for the review of the financial information

    In reviewing the half-yearly financial report, we are responsible for expressing to Shell plc a conclusion on the Interim Statements in the half-yearly financial report. Our conclusion, including our Conclusions Relating to Going Concern are based on procedures that are less extensive than audit procedures, as described in the Basis for Conclusion paragraph of this report.

    Use of our report

    This report is made solely to Shell plc in accordance with guidance contained in the International Standard on Review Engagements 2410 (UK) “Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity” issued by the Financial Reporting Council. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than Shell plc, for our work, for this report, or for the conclusions we have formed.

    Ernst & Young LLP

    London

    July 31, 2025

             Page 40


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

    All amounts shown throughout this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report are unaudited. All peak production figures in Portfolio Developments are quoted at 100% expected production. The numbers presented throughout this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report may not sum precisely to the totals provided and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures, due to rounding.

    The companies in which Shell plc directly and indirectly owns investments are separate legal entities. In this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report, “Shell”, “Shell Group” and “Group” are sometimes used for convenience to reference Shell plc and its subsidiaries in general. Likewise, the words “we”, “us” and “our” are also used to refer to Shell plc and its subsidiaries in general or to those who work for them. These terms are also used where no useful purpose is served by identifying the particular entity or entities. ‘‘Subsidiaries’’, “Shell subsidiaries” and “Shell companies” as used in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report, refer to entities over which Shell plc either directly or indirectly has control. The terms “joint venture”, “joint operations”, “joint arrangements”, and “associates” may also be used to refer to a commercial arrangement in which Shell has a direct or indirect ownership interest with one or more parties. The term “Shell interest” is used for convenience to indicate the direct and/or indirect ownership interest held by Shell in an entity or unincorporated joint arrangement, after exclusion of all third-party interest.

    Forward-Looking statements

    This Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report contains forward-looking statements (within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) concerning the financial condition, results of operations and businesses of Shell. All statements other than statements of historical fact are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are statements of future expectations that are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in these statements. Forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements concerning the potential exposure of Shell to market risks and statements expressing management’s expectations, beliefs, estimates, forecasts, projections and assumptions. These forward-looking statements are identified by their use of terms and phrases such as “aim”; “ambition”; ‘‘anticipate’’; “aspire”, “aspiration”, ‘‘believe’’; “commit”; “commitment”; ‘‘could’’; “desire”; ‘‘estimate’’; ‘‘expect’’; ‘‘goals’’; ‘‘intend’’; ‘‘may’’; “milestones”; ‘‘objectives’’; ‘‘outlook’’; ‘‘plan’’; ‘‘probably’’; ‘‘project’’; ‘‘risks’’; “schedule”; ‘‘seek’’; ‘‘should’’; ‘‘target’’; “vision”; ‘‘will’’; “would” and similar terms and phrases. There are a number of factors that could affect the future operations of Shell and could cause those results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements included in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report, including (without limitation): (a) price fluctuations in crude oil and natural gas; (b) changes in demand for Shell’s products; (c) currency fluctuations; (d) drilling and production results; (e) reserves estimates; (f) loss of market share and industry competition; (g) environmental and physical risks, including climate change; (h) risks associated with the identification of suitable potential acquisition properties and targets, and successful negotiation and completion of such transactions; (i) the risk of doing business in developing countries and countries subject to international sanctions; (j) legislative, judicial, fiscal and regulatory developments including tariffs and regulatory measures addressing climate change; (k) economic and financial market conditions in various countries and regions; (l) political risks, including the risks of expropriation and renegotiation of the terms of contracts with governmental entities, delays or advancements in the approval of projects and delays in the reimbursement for shared costs; (m) risks associated with the impact of pandemics, regional conflicts, such as the Russia-Ukraine war and the conflict in the Middle East, and a significant cyber security, data privacy or IT incident; (n) the pace of the energy transition; and (o) changes in trading conditions. No assurance is provided that future dividend payments will match or exceed previous dividend payments. All forward-looking statements contained in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Additional risk factors that may affect future results are contained in Shell plc’s Form 20-F and amendment thereto for the year ended December 31, 2024 (available at www.shell.com/investors/news-and-filings/sec-filings.html and www.sec.gov). These risk factors also expressly qualify all forward-looking statements contained in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report and should be considered by the reader. Each forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date of this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report, July 31, 2025. Neither Shell plc nor any of its subsidiaries undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or other information. In light of these risks, results could differ materially from those stated, implied or inferred from the forward-looking statements contained in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report.

    Shell’s net carbon intensity

    Also, in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report we may refer to Shell’s “net carbon intensity” (NCI), which includes Shell’s carbon emissions from the production of our energy products, our suppliers’ carbon emissions in supplying energy for that production and our customers’ carbon emissions associated with their use of the energy products we sell. Shell’s NCI also includes the emissions associated with the production and use of energy products produced by others which Shell purchases for resale. Shell only controls its own emissions. The use of the terms Shell’s “net carbon intensity” or NCI is for convenience only and not intended to suggest these emissions are those of Shell plc or its subsidiaries.

    Shell’s net-zero emissions target

    Shell’s operating plan and outlook are forecasted for a three-year period and ten-year period, respectively, and are updated every year. They reflect the current economic environment and what we can reasonably expect to see over the next three and ten years. Accordingly, the outlook reflects our Scope 1, Scope 2 and NCI targets over the next ten years. However, Shell’s operating plan and outlook cannot reflect our 2050 net-zero emissions target, as this target is outside our planning period. Such future operating plans and outlooks could include changes to our portfolio, efficiency improvements and the use of carbon capture and storage and carbon credits. In the future, as society moves towards net-zero emissions, we expect Shell’s operating plans and outlooks to reflect this movement. However, if society is not net zero in 2050, as of today, there would be significant risk that Shell may not meet this target.

    Forward-Looking non-GAAP measures

    This Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report may contain certain forward-looking non-GAAP measures such as cash capital expenditure and Adjusted Earnings. We are unable to provide a reconciliation of these forward-looking non-GAAP measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measures because certain information needed to reconcile those non-GAAP measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measures is dependent on future events some of which are outside the control of Shell, such as oil and gas prices, interest rates and exchange rates. Moreover, estimating such GAAP measures with the required precision necessary to provide a meaningful reconciliation is extremely difficult and could not be accomplished without unreasonable effort. Non-GAAP measures in respect of future periods which cannot be reconciled to the most comparable GAAP financial measure are calculated in a manner which is consistent with the accounting policies applied in Shell plc’s consolidated financial statements.

    The contents of websites referred to in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report do not form part of this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report.

             Page 41


    SHELL PLC
    2nd QUARTER 2025 AND HALF YEAR UNAUDITED RESULTS

    We may have used certain terms, such as resources, in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report that the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) strictly prohibits us from including in our filings with the SEC. Investors are urged to consider closely the disclosure in our Form 20-F and any amendment thereto, File No 1-32575, available on the SEC website www.sec.gov.

    This announcement contains inside information.

    July 31, 2025

         
    The information in this Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Report reflects the unaudited consolidated financial position and results of Shell plc. Company No. 4366849, Registered Office: Shell Centre, London, SE1 7NA, England, UK.

    Contacts:

    – Sean Ashley, Company Secretary

    – Media: International +44 (0) 207 934 5550; U.S. and Canada: https://www.shell.us/about-us/news-and-insights/media/submit-an-inquiry.html

    LEI number of Shell plc: 21380068P1DRHMJ8KU70

    Classification: Half yearly financial reports and audit reports / limited reviews; Inside Information

             Page 42

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: ANNOUNCEMENT OF A VOLUNTARY SHARE EXCHANGE OFFER MADE BY EURONEXT N.V. TO ACQUIRE THE ORDINARY REGISTERED SHARES OF HELLENIC EXCHANGES-ATHENS STOCK EXCHANGE S.A. IN CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES OF EURONEXT N.V.

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NOT FOR RELEASE, PUBLICATION OR DISTRIBUTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN OR INTO ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH RELEASE, PUBLICATION OR DISTRIBUTION WOULD BE PROHIBITED BY, OR CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OF, THE RELEVANT LAWS OF THAT JURISDICTION OR REQUIRE EURONEXT AND/OR ATHEX TO TAKE ANY FURTHER ACTION.

    PLEASE SEE THE IMPORTANT DISCLAIMERS AT THE END OF THIS ANNOUNCEMENT.

    ANNOUNCEMENT OF A VOLUNTARY SHARE EXCHANGE OFFER MADE BY EURONEXT N.V. TO ACQUIRE THE ORDINARY REGISTERED SHARES OF HELLENIC EXCHANGES-ATHENS STOCK EXCHANGE S.A. IN CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES OF EURONEXT N.V.

    31 July 2025

    Executive Summary

    Euronext N.V. (“Euronext” or the “Offeror”, and together with any and all of its directly, or indirectly, wholly, or partially, owned subsidiaries, the “Euronext Group”) announces today the submission of a voluntary share exchange offer (the “Tender Offer”) to acquire all common registered shares, each having a nominal value of €0.42 (each, an “ATHEX Share”) of HELLENIC EXCHANGES-ATHENS STOCK EXCHANGE S.A. (“ATHEX” or the “Company” and together with its subsidiaries, the “ATHEX Group”), for newly issued ordinary shares in the capital of the Offeror, with a nominal value of €1.60 each (each, a “Consideration Share”) on a ratio of 0.050 Consideration Share for 1 ATHEX Share, in accordance with Greek Law 3461/2006 (the “Law”). Based on Euronext’s 1-week VWAP of €147.24 as of 29 July 2025, the Offer values the entire issued and to be issued ordinary share capital1 of ATHEX at approximately €425.9 million on a fully diluted basis.

    The purpose of the Tender Offer is for the Offeror to acquire direct control over ATHEX and integrate the ATHEX Group into the Euronext Group. Pursuant to the Tender Offer, the Offeror seeks to become the direct parent company of ATHEX and the ultimate parent company of ATHEX Group with a shareholding structure where all ATHEX shareholders will become shareholders of the Offeror.

    The principal objective of the Tender Offer is to acquire and integrate ATHEX into Euronext, a comprehensive pan-European business model characterized by a single liquidity pool, a single order book, a single trading technology platform, a common approach to listing and a unified post-trading framework in order to reduce fragmentation in European financial markets, reinforcing the Savings and Investment Union endeavors, and finance the real European economy effectively.

    The integration of ATHEX Group within the Euronext group is expected to (i) strengthen access to financing for Greek corporates, (ii) embed ATHEX within a pan-European trading framework, (iii) reinforce the operating resiliency of the local capital markets and (iv) create a unified post-trade infrastructure.

    Greek ecosystem to be fully part of the Offeror’s governance and supervision through (i) the CEO of ATHEX joining the Managing Board of Euronext, (ii) HCMC joining Euronext’s College of Regulators and (iii) subject to the Offeror’s shareholders’ and regulatory approvals, an independent director representing the Greek ecosystem will join the Offeror’s Supervisory Board.

    ATHEX Group will maintain its ties to Greece after the Tender Offer, retaining its head office in Athens, while ATHEX’s tax residence will remain in Greece.

    On 30 July 2025, the Offeror and ATHEX entered into a Cooperation Agreement that outlines the terms and conditions under which both the Offeror and ATHEX agree to work together towards the completion of the Tender Offer.

    In addition, all members of the Board of Directors of ATHEX owning ATHEX shares including CEO Yannos Kontopoulos have agreed to tender ATHEX shares they own today or may own during Tender Offer subject to the issuance of a reasoned opinion of ATHEX’s Board of Directors in favour of the Tender Offer.

    Deutsche Bank AG is acting as advisor to Euronext in connection with the Tender Offer.

    The Tender Offer

    In accordance with the Law, Euronext, announces the submission of the Tender Offer to acquire all of the outstanding ordinary registered shares of ATHEX, as at 30 July 2025 (the “Date of the Tender Offer”), i.e. 60,348,000 ATHEX Shares representing 100% of the total issued share capital and voting rights of ATHEX as at that date.

    ATHEX is a Greek société anonyme under the name “HELLENIC EXCHANGES-ATHENS STOCK EXCHANGE S.A.”, registered with the General Commercial Registry with registration number 003719101000 and registered seat at 110 Athinon Ave, 104 42, Athens. The share capital of ATHEX amounts to €25,346,160.00 and is divided into 60,348,000 shares, with a par value of €0.42 each, which has been fully paid-up. The ATHEX’s shares are commonly registered with a voting right. According to the announcements that ATHEX has published until and including 30 July 2025, ATHEX held an aggregate of 2,498,000 of issued ATHEX Shares (the “Treasury Shares”). ATHEX’s shares were admitted to trading on the Athens Stock Exchange in August 2000 and are currently traded on the main market of the Athens Stock Exchange under the trading symbol EXAE.

    The Date of the Tender Offer is the date on which Euronext initiated the Tender Offer process by informing the Hellenic Capital Market Commission (the “HCMC”) and the board of directors of ATHEX of the Tender Offer and submitting to them a draft of the Greek information circular (the “Information Circular”), in accordance with article 10, paragraph 1 of the Law.

    The Offeror will publish by way of separate announcement the commencement of the acceptance period of the Tender Offer (the “Acceptance Period”) and the means to tender.

    The companies of the Euronext Group are acting in concert with the Offeror for the purposes of the Tender Offer, pursuant to article 2, case (e) of the Law .There are no other persons acting in concert with the Offeror for the purposes of the Tender Offer, pursuant to article 2, case (e) of the Law. As at the Date of the Tender Offer, no ATHEX Shares were held, directly or indirectly, by the Euronext Group.

    The Offeror may purchase ATHEX Shares in the market or over-the-counter until and including the end of the Acceptance Period.

    On 30 July 2025, the Offeror and ATHEX entered into a cooperation agreement which details the cooperation between the Offeror and ATHEX in relation to the Tender Offer (the “Cooperation Agreement”). The Cooperation Agreement provides, among others, that ATHEX will not tender the Treasury Shares in the Tender Offer.

    Other than the Cooperation Agreement and the aforementioned written statements received by the Offeror from the ATHEX directors, there are no special agreements relating to the Tender Offer or the exercise of rights arising from the ATHEX Shares to which the Offeror is a party.

    The purpose of the Tender Offer is for the Offeror to acquire direct control over ATHEX and integrate the ATHEX Group into the Euronext Group. Pursuant to the Tender Offer, the Offeror seeks to become the direct parent company of ATHEX and the ultimate parent company of ATHEX Group with a shareholding structure where ATHEX shareholders will become shareholders of the Offeror.

    Consideration and Tender Offer Structure

    In consideration for every ATHEX Share lawfully and validly tendered in the Tender Offer, and in accordance with the first clause of paragraph 1 of article 9 of the Law, Euronext offers five hundredths (0.050) of a Consideration Share for 1 ATHEX Share (the “Offer Consideration”). The shares of the Offeror are held in book-entry form through the Central Securities Depository for the Offeror Shares (“Euronext Securities”).

    The Offer Consideration meets the criteria of “fair and equitable” consideration under article 9, paragraphs 4 and 5 of the Law.

    1. The Offer Consideration of the Tender Offer means the amount of 0.050 Consideration Shares for 1 ATHEX Share, to be issued pursuant to the Tender Offer.
    2. As provided for in article 9, paragraph 5 (a) of the Law, the following shall be taken into account for the price of the ATHEX share:

    a)   its VWAP during the six months preceding the Date of the Tender Offer, where in this case the VWAP of ATHEX’s share during the six months preceding 30 July 2025, is €5.9770.

    b)   the Offeror did not acquire ATHEX Shares during the twelve (12) months preceding the Date of the Tender Offer.

    C. A valuation is not required for ATHEX based on the provisions of par. 6 of article 9 of the Law, as none of the conditions referred to therein are met, namely:

    • no sanctions have been imposed by the Board of Directors of HCMC for manipulation of ATHEX Shares that took place within the 18-month period preceding the Date of the Tender Offer,
    • during the six (6) months preceding the Date of the Tender Offer, (i) Share transactions have been carried out on the Athens Stock Exchange on more than three-fifths (3/5) of the operating days of the relevant market, and specifically, they amounted to 100% of them and (ii) Share transactions that have been carried out exceed ten percent (10%) of the total number of Shares of ATHEX, and specifically, they amounted to 39.1% of them.
    • The “fair and equitable” consideration as determined by the criteria of paragraph 4 of Article 9 of the Law, exceeds eighty percent (80%) of the book value per share, based on the data of the average of the last two published financial statements of Law 3556/2007, on a consolidated basis.

    D.         As provided for in article 9 par. 5 (b) of the Law, for the price of the Offeror’s share provided as consideration, the VWAP of the Offeror’s share during the six months preceding the Date of the Tender Offer is taken into account, where in this case the VWAP of the Offeror’s share during the six months preceding 30 July 2025 is €135.0369.

    E. Therefore, 0.050 of the Offeror’s share provided as consideration is equal to €6.7518 per ATHEX Share, taking into account the VWAP of the Offeror Share. Therefore, the Offer Consideration meets the criteria of “fair and equitable” consideration, as described in Article 9, paragraphs 4 and 5 of the Law.

    This amount on the Date of the Tender Offer exceeds by 13.0% the “fair and equitable” consideration, as defined in Article 9, paragraphs 4 and 5, as on the one hand the VWAP of ATHEX during the six months preceding the Tender Offer is €5.9770, and on the other hand the Offeror did not acquire Shares during the twelve (12) months preceding the Date of the Tender Offer.

    This amount on the Date of the Tender Offer represents a 7.51% discount to the closing price of the ATHEX Share on the Athens Stock Exchange on the date preceding the Date of the Tender Offer, which amounted to €7.3000, as both ATHEX and Euronext shares have appreciated over the past six months.

    In addition:

    • the Offer Consideration calculated on the basis of the price of the Offeror Share on the date preceding the Date of the Tender Offer represents a 1.7% discount to the closing price of the ATHEX Share on the Athens Stock Exchange on the date preceding the Date of the Tender Offer.
    • the Offer Consideration calculated on the basis of the price of the Offeror Share on 27 June 2025, being the date when the Offeror issued a statement confirming its discussions with ATHEX (the “Date of the Initial Statement”) exceeds by 21.3% the closing price of the ATHEX Share on the Athens Stock Exchange on the Date of the Initial Statement.

    On 15 May 2025, the general meeting of the Offeror has designated the Managing Board of the Offeror for a period of eighteen (18) months as the competent body to, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of the Offeror, issue ordinary shares and to grant rights to subscribe for ordinary shares up to a total of 10% of the issued ordinary share capital at the date of the annual general meeting held in 2025, and to restrict or exclude the pre-emptive rights of shareholders pertaining to (the right to subscribe for) ordinary shares upon any issuance of ordinary shares (the AGM Delegation). Pursuant to the AGM-Delegation, the Managing Board of the Offeror resolved on 29 July 2025 to issue Consideration Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Information Circular. On the same date, the Supervisory Board of the Offeror approved the resolution adopted by the Managing Board in accordance with the AGM-Delegation. The maximum number of Consideration Shares that Euronext will issue in connection with the Tender Offer, the Right of Squeeze-Out and the Right to Sell-Out (being 3,017,400 Consideration Shares) is smaller than the number of Offeror Shares that the Euronext boards are capable of issuing pursuant to such mandate (being 10,423,550 Offeror Shares). Euronext will assume payment of the duties levied in favor of the Hellenic Central Securities Depository S.A. (the “ATHEXCSD”) on the registration of the over-the-counter transfer of the Transferred Shares in accordance with the codified decision 18 (Meeting 311/22.02.2021) of the Board of Directors of ATHEXCSD, which would otherwise be payable by the accepting shareholders of ATHEX. Such duties amount to 0.08% and are calculated in accordance with the provisions of such decision.

    Shareholders who offer the ATHEX Shares they hold in the context of the Tender Offer, including those electing to receive the Cash Consideration in the context of the exercise of the Right of Squeeze-out or the Right to Sell-out, will also be responsible for all charges and taxes that are due in connection with the Tender Offer, and the Offeror assumes no responsibility nor liability in the payment of said charges and taxes other than the duties levied in favor of the ATHEXCSD expressly set forth in this Information Circular. Notably, based on the letter of the circular issued by the Greek Independent Authority for Public Revenue with reference number Ε.2048/2024, the transfer of the Transferred Shares to the Offeror in consideration for Consideration Shares can be excluded from the tax provided for in article 9 paragraph 2 of Law 2579/1998 in favor of the Greek State provided all conditions mentioned therein are met, which amounts to 0.10%, and is imposed on sales of shares listed on the Athens Stock Exchange, since such transfer does not constitute a sale under the abovementioned provision. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax implications of the Tender Offer that may concern them in Greece or abroad.

    Euronext will publish, through a separate announcement, the commencement of the Acceptance Period and the means to tender.

    If after the end of the Acceptance Period, Euronext possesses the Minimum Number of Shares but less than 52.065.000 ATHEX Shares representing 90% of the voting rights of ATHEX, ATHEX shares will continue to be traded in the Athens Stock Exchange.

    Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Procedures, Delisting of ATHEX

    If, at the end of the Acceptance Period, Euronext holds at least 52,065,000 ATHEX Shares representing 90% of ATHEX’s total voting rights (the “Relevant Threshold”):

    (a)   Euronext will initiate the squeeze-out procedure under the Law to cause any remaining holders of Company Shares to transfer those ATHEX Shares to Euronext, in accordance with the Law (the “Right of Squeeze-Out”); and

    (b)   holders of ATHEX Shares who have not accepted the Tender Offer will be entitled, within a period of three (3) months from the publication of the results of the Tender Offer, to exercise the right to sell-out, in accordance with the Law (the “Right to Sell-Out”).

    The consideration offered for each Company Share regarding both the Right of Squeeze-Out and the Right to Sell-Out, will be in accordance with the provisions of Articles 27 and 28 of the Law.

    If the Relevant Threshold is reached or exceeded at the end of the Acceptance Period, the Offeror expects that the Right of Squeeze-out process will be completed within four to eight weeks after Closing. The Offeror intends to apply for the commencement of unconditional listing and trading on Euronext Amsterdam, Euronext Brussels, Euronext Lisbon and Euronext Paris of any Offeror Shares which may be issued as consideration in connection with the Right of Squeeze-out as soon as practicable following completion of the Right of Squeeze-out process.

    If the Relevant Threshold is reached or exceeded at the end of the Acceptance Period, the Right to Sell-out will automatically expire upon completion of the Right of Squeeze-Out. As a result, the Offeror expects that completion of the Right to Squeeze-out process will precede the completion of the Right of Sell-out process. If completion of the Right to Sell-out process does not precede the completion of the Right of Squeeze-out out process, the Offeror intends to apply for the commencement of unconditional listing and trading on Euronext Amsterdam, Euronext Brussels, Euronext Lisbon and Euronext Paris of any Offeror Shares which may be issued as consideration pursuant to the Right to Sell-out as soon as practicable following completion of the Right to Sell-out process.

    If, following completion of the Tender Offer or after the exercise of the Right of Squeeze-out or the Right to Sell-out, as the case may be, the Offeror holds 95% of ATHEX’s share capital, the Offeror intends to request the convocation of a General Meeting of the Shareholders to resolve upon the submission of an application to the HCMC requesting the delisting of the ATHEX Shares from the Athens Stock Exchange, in accordance with article 17 paragraph 5 of Law 3371/2005, at which (General Meeting) the Offeror will exercise its voting rights in favor of such resolution.

    Plans for ATHEX and Euronext following the Tender Offer

    Embed ATHEX within a pan-European trading framework

    As part of the combined group, ATHEX will be able to join the Euronext Group’s single liquidity pool, enabled by a single order book and powered by a single technology platform, where members can access all its markets in a seamless manner, with the ambition of deepening investor interest and creating greater liquidity as well as fair and transparent markets. Today, more than €13 billion worth of equities are traded daily on the Offeror’s seven (7) European markets that are part of the single liquidity pool. Thanks to its highly flexible architecture, the Offeror expects to see reduced time to market for new products in the combined group. This integration aims to deepen investor interest, create greater liquidity, and ensure fair and transparent markets.

    Strengthen access to financing for Greek corporates

    With ATHEX joining the Euronext Group, Greece will become a key hub for listings under a harmonized framework, offering greater scale, visibility, and access to European liquidity. In addition to listing larger Greek companies, the Offeror will bolster its capabilities in financing Greek SMEs. The pan-European pre-IPO educational program “IPOready” will be deployed across Greece. This program has already enabled over 1,200 companies to understand the benefits of listing, resulting in 33 new listings (€1.6 billion raised at listing, €5.7 billion aggregate market cap at listing). The Offeror will also provide a platform for Greek companies to list debt, diversifying their financing sources.

    Following the successful completion of the Tender Offer, ATHEX will be incorporated into a trusted framework for European and international investors. The Offeror has a proven track record of delivering substantial benefits to the local ecosystems of acquired market operators.

    Reinforce the operating resiliency of the local capital markets

    The Offeror’s size and operational DNA enable it to operate within extremely high reliability standards. The Offeror is investing massively in market technology and has built the best-in-class technology operations with cyber-security excellence. The Offeror has been granted the highest security ratings in its recent annual technology audit performed by Bitsight. The Offeror is a technology business first and foremost, with more than 875 technology and operations employees (35% of total employees), mainly located in Milan, Porto and Paris. ATHEX will benefit from an immediate change in scale in terms of technology platforms and operations, notably from a fully integrated cybersecurity and operational framework operation ensuring maximum resilience of the Greek market in a world of increasingly complex technology threats.

    Create a unified post-trade infrastructure

    The Offeror relies on a single clearing house, clearing all of its European market flows across cash and derivatives products. As part of the combined group, the Offeror intends to expand Euronext Clearing, which centralizes clearing for the whole Euronext Group, and which has benefitted from significant investments over the past few years, to Greek securities. This central European clearing expansion is key to the integration of Greek markets within the Offeror’s framework.

    The Offeror relies on a converging technology framework to create the conditions of success for the custody and settlement of financial products across Europe. As part of the combined group, the CSD function of ATHEX will be part of Euronext Securities’ convergence program, aiming at delivering a unified post-trading core settlement service through a single platform for securities settlement (TARGET2-Securities or T2S) by leveraging the CSDs of the Euronext Group.

    ATHEX as the cornerstone of the Offeror in Southeast Europe

    As the largest exchange group in the highly dynamic Southeastern region of Europe, ATHEX is best placed to lead the Offeror’s expansion across the region. As part of the Euronext Group, ATHEX will be the cornerstone of the Offeror’s expansion in the region, where business opportunities are numerous.

    Greek ecosystem to be fully part of the Offeror’s governance and supervision

    After and subject to successful completion of the Tender Offer, the composition of the Offeror’s Supervisory Board and the structure of its corporate governance will be amended. Subject to the Offeror’s shareholders and regulatory approvals, an independent director representing the Greek ecosystem will join the Offeror’s Supervisory Board.

    In addition, the Chief Executive Officer of the ATHEX will join the Offeror’s Managing Board, subject to the Offeror shareholders’ and regulatory approvals.

    In terms of regulatory framework, the Offeror is supervised at group level by a College of Regulators. The College of Regulators is made up of the seven (7) national regulatory authorities supervising the respective Euronext’s national regulated markets. After and subject to Closing occurring, the Offeror will recommend inviting HCMC to join the Offeror’s College of Regulators, pari passu with the national regulatory authorities currently supervising the Offeror, with a rotating chair every semester to exercise supervision at group level of the combined group. The direct regulatory oversight of ATHEX and the Greek market will remain unchanged. This will allow HCMC to continue regulating ATHEX and the Greek market and be part of the supervision of ATHEX at group-level through the Offeror’s College of Regulators.

    Reunite complementary skills and expertise

    Should the potential combination occur, it could create opportunities for knowledge sharing, career development, and cross-functional collaboration, fostering an environment where talent thrives. Euronext would aim to cultivate an inclusive, collaborative, and entrepreneurial work environment. With a long-standing commitment to diversity and inclusion, Euronext believes that recognizing and valuing diversity benefits both employees and the business’s long-term success. Euronext would ensure that ATHEX employees have opportunities for career development, encouraging them to take on wider responsibilities and roles in the pan-European development of their activities. They would also be encouraged to explore opportunities across various locations to embrace new challenges within Euronext. The diversification of Euronext’s businesses would consistently offer opportunities for high-performing employees, not only in traditional exchange roles but also in new activities developed through the innovation program.

    Following the successful completion of the Tender Offer and upon approval of the ATHEX shareholders meeting, the Offeror intends to modify, subject to ATHEX’s shareholders approval by a simple majority, ATHEX’s trademark name. As such, it will operate under the name “Euronext Athens”, fully embedding the Greek financial infrastructure and creating a sense of togetherness.

    Tender Offer Conditions

    Completion of the Tender Offer is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions and minimum number of shares:

    (a)   the approval of the HCMC in relation to the direct change of control of ATHEX;

    (b)   the approval of the HCMC in relation to the indirect change of control of ΑΤΗΕΧClear;

    (c)   the approval of the HCMC in relation to the indirect change of control of ATHEXCSD;

    (d)   the approval of RAEWW and the HCMC in relation to the change of control of ATHEX due to its participation in Hellenic Energy Exchange (“HenEx”) and EnEx Clearing House (“EnExClear”);

    (e)   the approval of the HCMC in relation to the acquisition by the Euronext Reference Shareholders2 of an indirect qualifying holding between 20% and 50% of ATHEX, ATHEXCSD and ATHEXClear;

    (f)   the issuance of a declaration of non-objection from the competent foreign authorities regarding the coordinated regulation and supervision of Euronext being the AMF, AFM, CBI, NFSA, FSMA, CMVM, and CONSOB (together with (a)-(f), the “Conditions”); and

    (g)   no later than the end of the Acceptance Period, at least 38,759,500 ATHEX Shares, corresponding to at least 67% of ATHEX’s total paid-up voting share capital, shall have been lawfully and validly tendered to the Offeror (the “Minimum Number of Shares”). This condition may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Law.

    If (i) the Minimum Number of Shares is not fulfilled as at the end of the Acceptance Period and/or (ii) the Conditions are not satisfied, the Tender Offer will ipso jure lapse, with retroactive effect, and have no legal effect, and the ATHEX Shares tendered to the Offeror will be returned to their holders.

    The Offeror may revoke the Tender Offer if (i) a competing offer, as provided by the Law, has been submitted, or (ii) subject to the HCMC’s approval, if an unforeseen change in circumstances beyond the control of the Offeror occurs that makes the Tender Offer particularly onerous.

    The declarations of acceptance which are submitted cannot be revoked, unless a competing offer, as provided by the Law, has been submitted, in which case the accepting shareholder will be entitled to exercise a revocation right.

    Shareholders’ Statements – Undertakings

    All members of the Board of Directors of ATHEX owning ATHEX shares including CEO Ioannis Kontopoulos have provided irrevocable undertakings to tender their shares in the Tender Offer subject to the issuance of a reasoned opinion of ATHEX’s Board of Directors in favour of the Tender Offer.

    Name Number of shares held
    George Ηandjinicolaou 15,000
    Ioannis Kontopoulos 95,000

    Euronext Advisors

    Deutsche Bank AG, a credit institution incorporated under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany with its principal office in Frankfurt am Main, registered address Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, acts as advisor of Euronext in respect of the Tender Offer, in accordance with article 12 of the Law (the “Advisor”).

    For the purpose of the Tender Offer only, Deutsche Bank AG has certified to the HCMC that Euronext (i) has taken all appropriate measures to be able to issue and deliver the Euronext Shares to the shareholders who will accept the Tender Offer and (ii) has the necessary wherewithal to pay in full the total amount in respect of the 0.16% clearing duties, namely 0.08% payable by Euronext and 0.08% payable by each of ATHEX’s shareholders who lawfully and validly accept the Tender Offer, payable by Euronext to the Hellenic Central Securities Depository S.A., in connection with the registration of the over-the-counter transfer of all the ordinary shares of ATHEX tendered to Euronext by ATHEX’s shareholders. It is clarified that this certificate does not constitute any offer of financing or any other type of commitment and/or assumption of any obligation whatsoever, and that this certificate is not provided as nor does it constitute advice, or recommendation within the meaning of Article 729 of the Greek Civil Code. Deutsche Bank AG, by means of this certificate, does not provide any guarantee (within the meaning of Article 847 of the Greek Civil Code) or letter of guarantee, for the fulfillment of the delivery obligations, monetary or other obligations undertaken by the Offeror in the context of the Tender Offer.

    About Euronext

    Euronext is a public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands on 15 March 2014 and is domiciled in the Netherlands. Euronext’s statutory seat (statutaire zetel) is in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and its registered office and principal place of business is at Beursplein 5, 1012 JW Amsterdam, the Netherlands. The Company is registered with the trade register of the Chamber of Commerce for Amsterdam, the Netherlands, under number 60234520, and the telephone number is +31 (0)20-7214444. Euronext’s LEI is 724500QJ4QSZ3H9QU415 and its corporate website is https://www.euronext.com/en.

    Under its Articles of Association, the Offeror’s authorized share capital amounts to €200,000,001.60 and is divided into 125,000,000 Ordinary Shares, each with a nominal value of €1.60 and one priority share with a nominal value of €1.60. The priority share has not been issued. All of Euronext’s shares have been or will be issued under Dutch law.

    As of December 31st, 2024, the Offeror’s issued share capital amounted to €166,776,811.20 and was divided into 104,235,507 ordinary shares, whereas the Offeror held 1,475,395 treasury shares.

    On 11 March 2025, the Offeror announced the completion of its €300 million share repurchase programme for which 2,692,979 shares, or approximately 2.58% of Euronext’s share capital, were repurchased.

    Following the repurchase programme, and as of the cancellation of the purchased shares under this programme which is expected to occur on 5 August 2025, the Offeror’s issued share capital amounts to €162,468,044.80 and divided into 101,542,528 ordinary shares.

    On 22 May 2025, the Offeror launched an offering of bonds due 2032 convertible into new shares and/or exchangeable for existing shares (“OCEANEs”) for a nominal amount of €425 million. Bondholders will be granted the right to convert or exchange the Bonds into new and/or existing Shares (the “Conversion/Exchange Right”) which they may exercise at any time from the 41st day (inclusive) following the Issue Date (30 May 2025) up to the 7th business day (inclusive) preceding the Maturity Date (30 May 2032) or, as the case may be, the relevant early redemption date. For illustrative purposes, considering a nominal amount of €425 million, a reference share price of €145 and a 32.5% conversion premium corresponding to the mid-point of the marketing range, the potential dilution would represent approximately 2.1% of the Company’s outstanding share capital, if the Conversion/Exchange Right was exercised for all the Bonds and the Company decided to deliver new Shares only upon exercise of the Conversion/Exchange Right.

    The Offeror is subject to the provisions of the Dutch Civil Code, the Dutch Financial Supervision Act and the Articles of Association with regard to the issue of shares following admission. The shares are in registered form and are only available in the form of an entry in the Offeror’s shareholders’ register and not in certificated form.

    The Euronext Group provides exchange listing, trading, post trade and related services in Europe. The Company operates Regulated Markets and Multilateral Trading Facilities (each a “MTF”) in seven European countries (Belgium, France, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, and Portugal). The Group operates these venues under a regulatory licence, under national legislation implementing MiFID II / MiFIR granted to the local market operator and the relevant National Competent Authority (each a “NCA”) or Ministry when appropriate. Each market operator is subject to the national laws and regulations supervised by the NCAs, central banks and finance ministries as appropriate. As part of their regular supervision, NCAs perform from time-to-time audits, inspections and on-site visits. This may lead to recommendations or other measures as appropriate. The Group also operates central securities depositories (each a “CSD”) in four European countries (Denmark, Italy, Norway and Portugal). Each of the CSDs is a limited liability company subject to national laws and regulations; however, they all operate under the brand “Euronext Securities”. VP Securities A/S (Euronext Securities Copenhagen), Monte Titoli S.p.A. (Euronext Securities Milan), Interbolsa S.A. (Euronext Securities Porto), and Verdipapirsentralen ASA (Euronext Securities Oslo) hold a licence under the CSDR, under limited national implementing provisions, granted by their NCA on 3 January 2018, 18 December 2019, 12 July 2018, and 28 January 2022 respectively.

    Euronext, through Euronext Securities Copenhagen, Euronext Securities Milan and Euronext Securities Porto, participates in the ECB’s TARGET2-Securities (T2S) platform. The CSDs migrated respectively in September 2016 (with EUR in 2016 and with Danish Kroner in 2018), August 2015 and March 2016.

    Moreover, the Group operates a Central Counterparty in Italy, Cassa di Compensazione e Garanzia S.p.A (“Euronext Clearing“). The company was incorporated on 31 March 1992, holds its registered office in Rome at Via Tomacelli 146, and is registered with the Italian Register of Companies under no. 04289511000. It is authorised by the Bank of Italy as a CCP pursuant to Article 17 of EMIR with effect from 20 May 2014.

    Important Notices

    General

    The Tender Offer described herein is addressed to holders of ATHEX Shares and only to persons to whom it may be lawfully addressed. The Tender Offer will be made in the territory of the Hellenic Republic. The making of the Tender Offer to specific persons who are residents in or nationals or citizens of jurisdictions outside the Hellenic Republic or to custodians, nominees or trustees of such persons (the “Excluded Shareholders”) may be made only in accordance with the laws of the relevant jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of the Excluded Shareholders and each person wishing to accept the Tender Offer to inform themselves of and ensure compliance with the laws of their respective jurisdictions in relation to the Tender Offer. If you have any doubts as to your status, you should consult with your professional advisor in the relevant jurisdiction.

    The Tender Offer is not being made, directly or indirectly, by mail or by any means in or into any jurisdiction within which, under its laws, rules and regulations, the submission, the making or the presentation of the Tender Offer or the mailing or distribution of the Information Circular to be approved by the HCMC a declaration of acceptance and any other document or material relevant thereto (together, the “Relevant Documents”) is illegal or contravenes any applicable legislation, rule or regulation (together, the “Excluded Territories”). Accordingly, copies of any such Relevant Documents and materials will not be, and must not be, directly or indirectly, mailed, distributed or otherwise sent to anyone or from anyone in or into or from any Excluded Territory.

    No Offeror Shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the Tender Offer to the public in the United Kingdom, except that the Offeror Shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time: (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation; (b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation); or (c) in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA. Provided that no such offer of the Offeror Shares shall require Euronext or the Advisor to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the Offeror Shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Offeror Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any Offeror Shares and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

    The Consideration Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction of the United States and may not be offered, sold or delivered, directly or indirectly, in or into the United States absent registration, or pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and in compliance with any applicable state and other securities laws of the United States. This release does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any of the Consideration Shares in the United States. Euronext has no intention to register any part of the Tender Offer in the United States or make a public offering of the Consideration Shares in the United States. Any Consideration Shares offered in the United States will be offered only to (i) holders of the Company Shares located outside of the United States and (ii) holders of Company Shares located within the United States that are “Qualified Institutional Buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act). Such holders of Company Shares will be required to make such acknowledgements and representations to, and agreements with, Euronext as Euronext may require establishing that they are entitled to receive Consideration Shares pursuant to an exemption from or in a transaction not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Accordingly, any holder of Company Shares located within the United States who is not a Qualified Institutional Buyer or who does not make such acknowledgement and representation to establish their entitlement to receive the Consideration Shares is ineligible to participate in the Tender Offer, and any purported acceptance of the Tender Offer by such holder will be ineffective and disregarded.

    The Tender Offer is being made in the U.S. in reliance on the expected availability of the Tier II exemption pursuant to Rule 14d-1(d) of, and otherwise in compliance with Section 14E of, and Regulation 14E promulgated under, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Greek law. The Tender Offer is not subject to Section 14(d)(1) of, or Regulation 14D promulgated under, the Exchange Act. The Company is not currently subject to the periodic reporting requirements under the Exchange Act and is not required to, and does not, file any reports with the SEC thereunder.

    Pursuant to exemptive relief granted by the SEC from Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, during the period of the Tender Offer, Euronext may purchase, or arrange to purchase, whether directly or through any of its affiliates, any broker or other financial institution acting as its agent or any affiliates of any broker or other financial institution acting as its agent, shares of the Company as permitted by applicable law. The Offeror Shares are issued to the Company’s existing shareholders in Singapore without the intention of being on-sold there, and no documents issued by or on behalf of the Company may be used in any subsequent sale by these shareholders. The Information Circular has not been and will not be lodged with or registered as a prospectus under the Securities and Futures Act 2001 of Singapore with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Therefore, the Information Circular does not constitute an offer or invitation for the sale or purchase of the Offeror Shares in Singapore, whether directly or indirectly, and shall not form the basis of any contract for the issue or sale of the Consideration Shares in Singapore.

    This announcement is only made available to a limited number of “Professional Investors” within the meaning of the SCA’s Board of Directors Decision No. 13 of 2021 Concerning the Financial Activities Rule Book, as amended. By receiving this announcement, the entity to whom it has been issued understands, acknowledges and agrees that it has not been approved by or filed with the UAE Central Bank, the UAE Securities and Commodities Authority, the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA“), the Financial Services Regulatory Authority of Abu Dhabi (“FSRA“) or any other relevant regulatory or licensing authorities in the UAE, nor has the originator, or any other related party received authorization or licensing from the UAE Central Bank, the UAE Securities and Commodities Authority, the DFSA, the FSRA, or any other authorities in the UAE. This announcement does not constitute a public offer of Offeror Shares in the UAE in accordance with the UAE SCA Chairman of the Board Resolution No. (11/R.M) of 2016 On the Regulations for Issuing and Offering Shares of Public Joint Stock Companies, Federal Decree-No. 32 of 2021 on Commercial Companies, or otherwise.

    The Offeror Shares may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA“) and no application has or will be made to admit the Offeror Shares to trading on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. The Information Circular and any related offering or marketing materials regarding the Offeror Shares do not constitute a prospectus under the FinSA and must not be publicly distributed or made available in Switzerland.

    The Offeror Shares have not been licensed for offering in Kuwait by the Kuwait Capital Markets Authority or any other relevant Kuwaiti government agency. The offering of the Offeror Shares in Kuwait on the basis a private placement or public offering is, therefore, restricted in accordance with Law No. 7 of 2010 and the bylaws thereto (as amended). No private or public offering of the Offeror Shares is being made in Kuwait, and no agreement relating to the sale of the Ordinary Shares will be concluded in Kuwait. No marketing or solicitation or inducement activities are being used to offer or market the Offeror Shares in Kuwait.

    The Offeror Shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the Offeror Shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

    The Offeror Shares have not been and will not be registered in Japan pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended, the “FIEA“) in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements since the offering constitutes the private placement to qualified institutional investors only as provided for in “i” of Article 2, Paragraph 3, Item 2 of the FIEA. A transferor of the Offeror Shares shall not transfer or resell them except where a transferee is a qualified institutional investor under Article 10 of the Cabinet Office Ordinance concerning Definitions provided in Article 2 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (the Ministry of Finance Ordinance No. 14 of 1993, as amended).

    This announcement does not constitute an invitation to the public in the Cayman Islands. Any invitation to participate in the Tender Offer is not being conducted in or from with the Cayman Islands or a place of business in the Cayman Islands.

    No person receiving a copy of this announcement or of any Relevant Document in any jurisdiction outside the Hellenic Republic may treat any such document as if it constituted a solicitation or offer to such person and under no circumstances may such person use any Relevant Document if, in the relevant jurisdiction, such solicitation or offer may not be lawfully made to such person or if such Relevant Document may not be lawfully used without breaching any legal requirements. In those instances, any such Relevant Document is sent for information purposes only.

    This regulatory announcement does not contain, constitute or form part of any offer or invitation to sell or subscribe or any solicitation of any offer to purchase or subscribe for any securities in any jurisdiction, and neither this regulatory announcement (nor any part of it) nor the fact of its distribution form the basis of, or may be relied upon in connection with, or act as any inducement to enter into, any contract or commitment whatsoever.

    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    The information contained in this announcement does not purport to be full or complete. The exact dates of the Tender Offer may change.

    This announcement contains forward-looking statements which are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties which change over time and relate to, amongst others, the business activities and certain plans and objectives that Euronext has in respect of the ATHEX Group and the Euronext Group. In some cases, the forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “may”, “hope”, “might”, “can”, “could”, “will”, “should”, “expect”, “plan”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “predict”, “potential” or “continue” and the negative of these terms accordingly. There are many factors (for instance, without limitation, commercial, operational, economic, political and financial), as a consequence of which the actual results and the actual developments may potentially substantially differ from the plans and the objectives of Euronext and the ATHEX Group set out in this announcement. As such, Euronext and the ATHEX Group evolve in a highly competitive landscape and rapidly changing environment, where new risks and uncertainties not specifically described herein this announcement may emerge from time to time and it is not possible to predict all risks and uncertainties.

    Although Euronext believes that, as of the date of this announcement, the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, Euronext cannot assure you that future events will meet these expectations. Moreover, neither Euronext nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. After the date of this announcement, unless Euronext is required by applicable law to update these forward-looking statements, Euronext will not necessarily update any of these forward-looking statements to conform them either to actual results or to changes in expectations.


    1 Based on a total number of shares as at 30 June 2025 of 57,850,000, which exclude the number of treasury shares of 2,498,000
    2 These are the Reference Shareholders:

    Attachment

    The MIL Network